IU Health Sleep Lab by steve shrader

ELECTRICAL DIVISIONS LIGHTING POWER FIRE ALARM MED GAS WALL VIEWS EXIT

Manual Provided By

Provided by:

Symphony Consulting and

Energy Management Management Design INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING MANUAL

1208 White Blvd 1208W. West WhiteRiver River Blvd. Muncie Muncie INIndiana 47303 www.symphonycm.com Phone 765-744-4128 www.energymanagementdesign.com

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING MANUAL FROM THE MAIN MENU SELECT THE DEVISION TO REVIEW NEXT SELECT THE DEVICE, FIXTURE, OR EQUIPMENT YOU

WANT TO REVIEW BY HOVERING OVER IT. WHEN THE POINTER TURNS INTO A HAND LEFT CLICK HOLD DOWN THE CTRL KEY TO ZOOM IN ON A DRAWING WITH THE ROLLER ON YOUR MOUSE USE THE ROLLER TO SCROLL THROUGH A SPECIFICATION

EXIT

Provided by:

Energy Management Design 1208 W. White River Blvd Muncie IN 47303 Phone 765-744-4128 www.energymanagementdesign.com

CLICK ON FIXTURES TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS HOLD DOWN CTRL KEY TO ZOOM WITH ROLLER EXIT LS8

EXIT LS8

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

PANEL G

EXIT LS8

EX CIR

CLICK HERE FOR OUTSIDE FLOOD LIGHTS

Return to Main Menu

CLICK ON DEVICES TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS HOLD DOWN CTRL KEY TO ZOOM WITH ROLLER

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

S P E C I F I C AT I O N S U B M I T TA L Controls

www.lutron.com/diva CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

The designer dimmer that matches your paddle switches.

Preset Dimmers

Soft glow nightlight Select light level with slider

Select fan speed with slider

Switch on to selected light level/off

Switch on to selected fan speed/off

Preset Dimmer

Preset Fan-Speed Controls 15A Receptacle

• Large paddle switch with a captive linear-slide dimmer for a standard designer wallplate opening • Full family of products for most lighting sources • Dimmers feature built-in soft-glow nightlight • Uses standard single-pole and 3-way wiring for easy installation in any home • For more Diva choices, see the new Diva Satin Colors product line

15A GFCI Receptacle

Telephone/Cable TV Jacks

Single Telephone Jack

DIMENSIONS

Cable TV Jack

Profile 0.30" (7.6mm)

Ports

2.75" (70mm)

4.69" (119mm)

2.94" (75mm)

Switches

Receptacles

PRODUCT FAMILY FEATURES

Front

Fan-Speed Controls

1.31" * (33mm)

* some models

up to 1.44" (37mm)

6-Port Frame

Standard Multigang Wallplates

2-gang to 6-gang wallplates

SPECIFICATION SERIES STANDARD FEATURES • Square Law Dimming • RFI suppression • Power-failure memory • Captive linear slider • Electrostatic discharge tested • Precise color matching • Mechanical air-gap switch to disconnect load power Lutron controls are rated at 120VAC, 60Hz unless otherwise noted.

JOB NAME

AREA CONTROLLED

LOCATION

JOB NUMBER

TITLE

PAGE NO.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls Description

Maximum Capacity 1

Model #

Description

DIMMER FOR L3 CANS

DIMMERS

To increase load capacity up to 30,000W/VA in most popular sources, use one DV-600P- or DV-603P- and add up to five dimming modules. Cannot be used with 0-10VDC ballast.

DV-600PDV-10PDV-603PDV-103P-

FAN-SPEED CONTROLS

DIMMER FOR FANS

Quiet Controls

Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

For use with one ceiling paddle fan.

Preset Fan-Speed Controls 3 Single pole/ 3-way, 1.5A 3-speed

Electronic Low Voltage Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 300W 3-way 300W

DVFSQ-F-

Note: Does not have soft-glow nightlight. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

DVELV-300PDVELV-303P-

SWITCHES 3

Note: Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

General Purpose Switching of all Sources and Motor Loads Single pole, 120/277V 15A 3-way, 120/277V 15A 4-way, 120/277V 15A

Magnetic Low Voltage Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 600VA (450W 2) Single pole 1000VA (800W 2) 3-way 600VA (450W 2) 3-way 1000VA (800W 2)

Model #

HI-POWER 2•4•6 DIMMING MODULES

Incandescent Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 600W Single pole 1000W 3-way 600W 3-way 1000W

Maximum Capacity 1

DVLV-600PDVLV-10PDVLV-603PDVLV-103P-

CA-1PSHCA-3PSHCA-4PSH-

ACCESSORIES Receptacles

Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For DIMMER IN use with Claro switches or other 3-way andFOR 4-way2X4 switching, mechanical switches. CONF ROOM

Receptacle 3 15A, 125V CAR-15H-

Fluorescent Dimming with Hi-lume and Eco-10 (ECO-Series) Electronic Ballasts

GFCI Receptacle 3

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight 3 Single pole/ 3-way 8A Single pole/ 3-way, 277V 6A

Telephone and Cable Television Jacks

15A, 125V CAR-15-GFCIH-

DVF-103PDVF-103P-277-

Note: Use with Lutron Hi-lume or Eco-10 (ECO-Series) line voltage control Electronic Dimming Ballasts only. Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage products

Fluorescent Dimming with Tu-Wire Electronic Ballasts

Cable TV Jack 3, 4 F-STYLE 75-Ohm, coaxial cable jack

Single Telephone Jack 4 6-conductor, RJ11 Note: Also accepts most 4-conductor plugs.

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole/ 3-way 5A

CA-PJH-

CA-CJH-

DVFTU-5A3P-

Note: Use with Lutron Tu-Wire line voltage control electronic dimming ballasts only. The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

1 For capacities in multigang installations see derating pg. 3. 2 Actual lamp wattages. 3 No derating required if ganged. 4 A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage products.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls Description

Rating

Model #

ACCESSORIES Field Customizable Multi-Port Frame 6-Port Frame

Shipped with 6 blanks CA-6PFShown with blanks Product above: For use with Lutron connectors shown below. Also compatible with Hubble XceleratorTM and snap-fit connectors. Connectors For use with 6-port frame (CA-6PF-). Each connector fills one port. Phone Jack 6-conductor, RJ11, Category 3 Phone Jack 8-conductor, RJ45, Category 5e Phone Jack 8-conductor, RJ45, Category 6 Fiber Jack MT-RJ Feed-Through Fiber Jack SC Simplex Fiber Jack LC Non-Flush Mount Fiber Jack ST Style Cable Jack F-Style, 75-Ohm Coaxial cable BNC Jack BNC connector

CON-1P-C3-WH CON-1P-C5E-WH CON-1P-C6-WH CON-1F-MTRJ-WH CON-1F-SC-WH CON-1F-LC-WH CON-1F-ST-WH CON-1C-WH CON-1B-WH

Connectors available in white (WH) only. For information about additional colors contact Lutron Customer Service.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To orderâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls Description

DERATING/MAXIMUM CAPACITY

Model #

STANDARD WALLPLATES 1-Gang 2.94”W (75mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-1-

No side sections removed (Full Capacity)

2-Gang 4.75”W (121mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-2-

One side section removed (End Units)

Two side sections removed (Middle Unit)

500W 800W

400W 650W

250W

200W

600VA (450W 2)

500VA (375W 2)

400VA (300W 2)

1000VA (800W 2)

800VA (650W 2)

650VA (500W 2)

Incandescent Dimmers 600W 1000W

3-Gang 6.56”W (167mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-3-

Electronic Low Voltage 1 300W

4-Gang 8.37”W (213mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-4-

Magnetic Low Voltage

5-Gang 10.18”W (259mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-56-Gang 12.00”W (305mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-6-

Fluorescent Hi-lume/Eco-10 20ballasts/8A (ECO-Series) Tu-Wire 3 5A

STANDARD COLORS/FINISHES

No derating required 4A

3.3A

Fan-Speed Controls

Gloss Finishes (Ships in 48 hours)

1.5A

No derating required

Add color/finish suffix to model number to order. Example: DV-600P-WH

WH IV AL LA GR BR BL

White Ivory Almond Light Almond Gray Brown Black

1 Requires 40W minimum load. 2 Actual lamp wattage. 3 Minimum capacity: 2 ballasts/0.25A

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 1 Single-Pole Wiring

DV-600PDV-10PDVLV-600PDVLV-10PCA-1PSH-

Dimmer/ Switch/Fan-Speed Control Black * Black or Red *

Hot

120VAC 60Hz

Green **

Wiring Diagram 4 3-Way Wiring

Model #

Control Load Side Hot

Model # DVELV-303PCA-3PS-

3-Way Switch **

3-Way Dimmer

Red

Yellow

Lighting Load or Fan

120VAC 60Hz

Neutral

Green

White

Neutral

Ground

** or Brass screw terminal ** or Green screw terminal

Wire Connectors

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal

Ground Wire Connectors

Wiring Diagram 2 Single-Pole Wiring of 3-Way Control Model #

Black *

Wiring Diagram 5 3-Way Used as Single Pole

DVFSQ-FDVLV-103PDVLV-603PDV-103PDV-603P-

Dimmer/ Switch/Fan-Speed Control Hot

Lighting Load

Red **

DVELV-303P-

Green ***

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Hot

Red

Wire Connectors

Yellow Red

Lighting Load or Fan

120VAC 60Hz

Green

White

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold Lighting *** screw terminal Load

Neutral

*** or Copper/Black screw terminal *** or Brass screw terminal *** or Green screw terminal † or Red/White stripe (cap off)

Wiring Diagram 3 Single-Pole Wiring

Ground

3-Way Dimmer

Red **† 120VAC 60Hz

Model #

Model # DVELV-300P-

Dimmer/Switch/ Fan-Speed Control Black Red or Yellow

Hot

120VAC Green 60Hz

White

Lighting Load or Fan

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 6 3-Way Wiring

Model #

Fan-Speed Control or 3-Way 3-Way Dimmer/Switch Switch Black ** Red * * **

Control Line Side

Control Load Side

Hot

Red *† 120VAC 60Hz

120VAC OR 60Hz

*** Lighting Load or Fan

Red *†

3-Way Switch

Green ***

Fan-Speed Control or 3-Way Dimmer/Switch Red * Black **

Green *** Lighting Load or Fan

***

Ground Wire Connectors *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal *** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Green screw *** terminal † or Red/White stripe

DV-603PDV-103PDVLV-603PDVLV-103PDVFSQ-FCA-3PSH-

Neutral

Wiring Diagram 7 4-Way Wiring 3-Way Dimmer/Switch or Fan-Speed Control Hot Black ** Red *

Model #

Control Line Side

Red *† 120VAC 60Hz

Ground 4-Way Switch

3-Way Switch

Green ***

Wire Connectors **

Lighting Load or Fan

***

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal *** or Green *** screw terminal † or Red/White stripe

DV-603PDV-103PDVLV-603PDVLV-103PDVFSQ-FCA-3PSHCA-4-PSH-

Neutral OR

3-Way Dimmer/Switch or Fan-Speed Control Red * Black **

Red *†

Control Load Side 3-Way Switch Hot

120VAC 60Hz

4-Way Switch

Lighting Load or Fan

Green ***

Neutral

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 8 Single-Pole Wiring of a 3-Way Control Blue

Hot

Dimmer

Red

Black

Yellow or Orange 120VAC or 277VAC 60Hz Green

Model # Ground

White *

Wire Connectors Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown **

Violet or Blue

Typical 4-Wire Connection *** must use lamp ***disconnect sockets ***with magnetic ***dimming ballasts *** or Yellow/Blue or ***Yellow/Green when ***used with magnetic ***dimming ballasts

Black

White

White * Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown **

Neutral

DVF-103PDVF-103P-277-

Black

To Additional Ballasts

Wiring Diagram 9 3-Way Wiring

Model # DVF-103PDVF-103P-277CA-3PSH-

Control Load 3-Way Side Switch* †† † Hot

Dimmer

Blue

Black

Red

White **

†

120VAC or 277VAC 60Hz

Violet or Blue Green

Green

Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown ***

Yellow or Orange White

Black White **

Neutral

Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown ***

Ground To Additional Ballasts

Wire Connectors Typical 4-Wire Connection

* 3-Way switch must be wired on line side of dimmer ** must use lamp disconnect sockets with magnetic dimming ballasts *** or Yellow/Blue or Yellow/Green when used with magnetic dimming ballasts † † or Copper/Black screw terminal † † or Brass/Gold screw terminal

Wiring Diagram 10 Single-Pole Wiring

Wiring Diagram 11 3-Way Wiring

Model #

DVFTU-5A3PHot Black

Dimmer Red

Black

Black** Hot Black

Red* 120VAC 60Hz

120VAC 60Hz

White**

Black

Black**

Green

Tu-Wire™ Ballast

Green White**

Neutral * or Red/White ** terminals are provided

Red

DVTU-5A3PCA-3PSH-

Red*

Tu-Wire™ Ballast

Green

Dimmer

3-way Switch

Neutral

To additional ballasts

* or Red/White ** terminals are provided

Ground

Wire Connectors

To additional ballasts

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 12 Cable TV Jack Wiring

Model # CA-CJH-

75-Ohm Cable

Cable TV Jack

Wiring Diagram 13 Telephone Jack Wiring

Model # CA-PJH-

Wire Jack Position Color White 1 2 Black 3 Red 4 Green 6-Conductor Yellow Telephone Jack* 5 6 Blue * accepts most 4-conductor jacks

Wiring Diagram 14 Receptacle Wiring

Model # CAR-15H-

Receptacle (15A Shown)

Black

Hot

White Brass Screws

120VAC 60Hz

Nickel Plated Screws Green Screw Ground or Isolated Ground

Building Ground (To Metal Box)

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Wiring Diagram 15 GFCI Receptacle Wiring

Model # CAR-15-GFCIH-

Ground

Green or Screw Terminal

Neutral

White NP

Green or Screw Terminal

Green or Screw Terminal White

120VAC 60Hz

Black

Line

Black

Load

Hot GFCI Receptacle (15A Shown)

P-Protected NP-Not Protected

Wire Connectors

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To orderâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls DIVA CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

When on, the slider shall change the light level/fan speed. When off, the slider shall preselect the light level/fan speed that the control will turn on to. Paddle switch shall turn lights/fan on to the preselected level, or off. d. Paddle switch and slider shall be captured internal to the control. e. 3-Way controls shall be capable of multi-location on and mechanical air-gap off using standard 3-way and 4-way switches. Multi-location switches shall be Claro decorator style with a gloss finish. f. Dimmer shall be backlit with soft glow locator light. g. Within rated capacity, dimmers shall be available for direct control of incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage, and fluorescent. Matching fan-speed controls shall also be available. h. Controls shall be capable of operating at the rated capacity; this includes modified capacities for ganging configurations which require the removal of fins. Operation at rated capacity shall be possible across the full ambient temperature range, without shortening design lifetime. i. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts, color variation of any gloss finish control shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined in ASTM E 308-99. j. Dimmer shall provide smooth and continuous Square Law dimming curve, for the full slider travel, on their rated load per The IESNA Lighting Handbook, 9th edition, p. 27-4. k. Controls shall meet the applicable requirements of UL 20 and UL 1472 referring to the inclusion of a visible, accessible air-gap off switch and the limited short circuit test. l. Controls shall meet ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41-1980, tested to withstand voltage surges of up to 6000V and current surges of up to 200A without damage. m. Dimmers shall be designed to reduce interference with radio, audio, and video equipment. n. Controls shall incorporate power-failure memory. Should power be interrupted and subsequently returned, the lights or fans will come back on to the same levels set prior to the power interruption. Restoration to some other default level is not acceptable. o. Controls shall not be susceptible to damage or loss of memory due to static discharge. p. Controls shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F). q. 3-Way controls shall wire using conventional 3-way and 4-way wire runs. r. Contractors shall install all backboxes with a minimum wallbox depth of 2.5 inches. 2. Incandescent Dimmers a. Provide single-pole and 3-way incandescent dimmers in 600 Watts and 1000 Watts capacities. b. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch location. c. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch location. 3. Electronic (Solid State) Low Voltage (ELV) Transformer Dimmers a. Provide ELV dimmers for direct control of up to 300 watts of electronic low voltage load. b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to control the input of electronic (solid state) low voltage transformers. Dimmers using standard phase control shall not be acceptable.

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Scope: Provide, install and test all switches, dimmers and related devices as specified herein for the areas indicated on the drawings, specifications, and load schedules. B. Related Sections: Section 16580 (Ballasts), Section 16570 (Dimming Systems). 1.02 REFERENCES A. UL 20, UL 1472, CSA, NOM, ISO 9001 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION A. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted switches and dimmers B. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted fan-speed controls C. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted receptacles D. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted data, voice and cable jacks E. Screwless, seamless wallplates 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's standard catalog data giving all application, wiring, and installation information on basic components and wallplate kits. Provide test data and/or samples as required to demonstrate conformance with PART 2 of this specification. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years continuous experience in manufacturing wallbox dimming products. B. Dimmers, switches and Fan-speed controls shall be UL listed, CSA and NOM approved specifically for each required load (i.e., tungsten, electronic low voltage transformer, magnetic low voltage transformer, and fluorescent). Manufacturer shall provide file card or certificate upon request. Universal load-type dimmers shall not be acceptable. C. Manufacturer shall maintain ISO 9001 certification and provide a copy of the certificate upon request. 1.06 WARRANTY A. All devices shall be covered by a minimum one-year warranty.

PART 2 – EQUIPMENT 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. B. Unless otherwise noted, all basic components (dimmer, fan-speed control, switch, receptacle, telephone jack and cable TV jack) and wallplate kits shall be provided by one manufacturer. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Controls Lutron Diva Style 1. Performance a. Dimmers shall provide full-range, continuously variable control of light intensity. b. Wall controls shall fit a decorator wallplate opening with a paddle switch. Dimmers shall have a small, raised slider to the right of the paddle switch. Controls shall have a gloss finish.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls c.

Dimmers shall have a resettable overload protection that automatically shuts off when dimmer capacity is exceeded. Protection methods that are non-resettable or require the device to be removed from the wall to reset shall not be acceptable. d. Dimmers shall be designed to withstand a short, per UL 1472 section 5.10, between load hot and either neutral or ground without damage to the dimmer. 4. Magnetic Low Voltage (MLV) Transformer Dimmers a. Provide MLV dimmers for direct control of up to 1000 volt amps of electronic low voltage load. b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to the input of magnetic low voltage transformers per UL1472 section 5.11. c. Dimmers shall not cause a magnetic low voltage transformer to operate above the transformers rated operating current or temperature. d. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch location. 5. Fluorescent Dimming Ballast Dimmers a. Provide Fluorescent dimmers for direct control of fluorescent dimming ballasts up to the manufacturers specified rating. b. Dimmers shall be designed to operate the following ballasts. Dimmers and ballasts shall be produced by the same manufacturer to ensure proper ballast/control compatibility: 1) Hi-lume® Architectural Dimming Ballasts (1% 3-wire) 2) Hi-lume® CompactTM Lamp Dimming Ballasts (5% 3-wire) 3) Eco-10TM Lighting Management Dimming Ballasts (10% 3-wire) 4) Tu-Wire™ High Performance Dimming Ballasts (5% 2-wire) 6. Remote dimming modules for high power loads a. Where lighting loads exceed the full rated capacity of single dimmers, provide a Diva incandescent dimmer driving high power modules. High power module and dimmer shall be from the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility. b. High power modules shall be remotely mounted. c. High power module shall be rated and UL listed for control of incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage, fluorescent, and neon/cold cathode loads in increments of 2,000 Watts up to 30,000 Watts. 7. Fan-Speed Controls: a. Fan-speed controls shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM approved, Lutron Diva style. b. Quiet fan-speed model shall provide three speed settings with paddle providing preset on and off. c. Quiet fan-speed control shall provide single-pole/3-way control of one paddle fan (1.5A max.). B. Accessories Lutron Claro Style 1. Switch Components Lutron Claro Style a. Switches shall provide on/off control of any 120/277 VAC load up to 15A. Switches shall be UL Listed as general-use AC switches, Lutron Claro style. b. Switches shall be available in single-pole, 3-way and 4-way configurations. 2. Receptacle Components Lutron Claro Style a. All receptacles shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM approved.

Receptacles shall be two pole, three wire ground and rated for 15A at 125VAC. All receptacles shall be NEMA configuration type 5-15R. c. Ground-fault interrupter receptacles shall be Lutron Claro style with two-pole, three-wire ground and rated 15A at 125VAC Configuration shall be of the duplex type with rectangular NEMA WD-6 design. Receptacles shall have a 5 milliampere ground-fault trip level with "test" and "reset" buttons. 3. Telephone Jack and Cable TV Jack Components Lutron Claro Style a. Contractor shall provide an appropriate barrier (partition) to isolate jack from high-voltage wiring when ganged with a dimmer, fan-speed control, switch, or receptacle. This complies with NEC Articles 800-3 and 820-13. b. Telephone jack shall be designed to mate with standard 4- or 6-conductor modular jacks, and be compatible with 2, 4, or 6 conductor lines. Telephone jacks shall meet FCC Part 68, paragraph F standards to ensure compatibility with U.S. telephone systems. c. Cable TV jacks shall be the coaxial type, designed for use with standard 75-Ohm cables. C. Wallplates Lutron Claro Style 1. Wallplates shall be manufactured from durable polycarbonate plastic with gloss finish, and shall attach to the basic components without using exposed hardware or screws. 2. Multigang wallplates shall provide a continuous, seamless cover for up to six-ganged decorator-style control and accessory combinations with no exposed hardware or screws. 3. Multigang wallplates shall include an adapter plate for proper device alignment and wallplate attachment. 4. Control, accessory and wallplate profiles shall not exceed .30 inches from wall surface to faceplate front surface. 5. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts, color variation of any gloss finish control or wallplate shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined in ASTM E 308-99. 6. Visible parts of dimmers, switches, standard receptacles, cable jacks or any wallplate shall exhibit ultraviolet stability when tested with multiple actinic light sources as defined in ASTM D4674-89. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. All dimming controls shall be 100% function tested at the time of manufacture. Statistical sampling plan shall not be acceptable.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall furnish all devices (dimmers, accessories, & wallplate kits), labor and other services necessary for the proper installation of the devices as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. B. Contractor shall be responsible for derating dimmer capacity if side sections are removed. C. Contractor shall run separate neutral wires in 120/208 VAC installations. D. Devices shall be installed utilizing manufacturer's recommended application, wiring and installation instructions. E. Contractor to provide seamless wallplate covers per specification 2.02 for all devices ganged in a common box. Contractor shall provide barriers within the box where required by code. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, global customer service and technical hotline available. B. Supplemental information shall be provided by manufacturer's Internet site.

11 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. 7200 Suter Road • Coopersburg, PA 18036 U.S.A. Made and printed in U.S.A.

03/2003

Straight Blade Receptacles

RETURN Straight Blade Receptacles

Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding 15 & 20A, 125VAC

1.25"

Features

.98"

■

4.20" 2.62"

1.72"

1595HGW

SafeLockTM Protection: if critical components are damaged and ground fault protection is lost, power to receptacle is disconnected. ■ Prevents line-load reversal miswire: no power to the face or downstream receptacles if wired incorrectly. ■ Exceeds UL943 voltage surge requirements; survives 100x the required UL 3kA/6kV voltage surge test cycles. ■ FSUL Listed (Federal Specification WC596). ■ Trip indicator light (red LED). ■ Side or internal screw-pressure-plate back wire with #10 – #14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire. ■ Two back wire holes per terminal. ■ Ground screw has a back wire clamp for easy installation.

■

1/4" thinner than competitorsʼ GFCIs; leaves more room for wires in the box. ■ Mounting screws are shipped captive in the device and wall plate for easier installation. ■

High-impact-resistant thermoplastic construction. ■ Extra-long strap. ■ Button colors match the device face. ■ Dual-direction test and reset buttons. ■ Class A rated GFCI. ■ Supplied with matching TP26 nylon wall plate. ■ Tri-drive screws.

Specifications 1.25"

■

Supply Voltage: 125VAC, 60 Hz Supply Voltage Range: 102-132VAC ■ Trip Threshold: 5± 1mA

.98"

Trip Time: 0.025 sec., nominal per UL Standard 20 Amp feed-thru capacity

4.20"

3rd Party Compliance 2.62"

Catalog Number

Rating A. VAC

Color

NEMA Config. No.

UL943 UL498 FSUL C22.2 No. 144 C22.2 No. 42 WC596

Hospital Grade 15 Amp Duplex GFCI 1.72"

2095HGW

1595HGI 1595HGW 1595HG 1595HGGRY 1595HGRED 1595HGLA

15 15 15 15 15 15

125 125 125 125 125 125

Ivory White Brown Gray Red Light Almond

5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R

• • • • • •

5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

• • • • • •

Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles

Hospital Grade 20 Amp Duplex GFCI 2095HGI 2095HGW 2095HG 2095HGGRY 2095HGRED 2095HGLA

NEMA 5-15R

20 20 20 20 20 20

125 125 125 125 125 125

Ivory White Brown Gray Red Light Almond

NEMA 5-20R

For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

B-42

All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

Straight Blade Receptacles

RETURN Straight Blade Receptacles

Extra Heavy-Duty Hospital Grade Receptacles 15 & 20A, 125V; 20A, 250V Features

.900"

■

1.104" 2.750"

3.281"

1.625"

8300I

One-piece nickel-plated brass mounting strap with integral ground. ■ Strap tabs wrap around and lock down on face to prevent strap from separating from face and back body. ■ Two drive screws anchor strap to back body and face. ■ Exclusive patented feature, circuit label on face allows permanent circuit identification. ■ .040 inch thick, nickel-plated brass, triple-wipe power contacts for lasting retention. ■ Easily accessed break-off, line-contact connecting tab for fast, easy split-circuit wiring. ■ Impact-resistant nylon face and back body. ■ Oversized #10 deep tri-drive head brass terminal and ground screws.

■

Exclusive patented feature, external screwpressure-plate back wire clamp on ground terminal for faster, easier installation. ■ External nickel-plated screw-pressure-plate back wire clamps with #10 brass terminal screws for visual assurance of a good connection. ■ Line terminals accept #14 – #10 AWG stranded or solid copper clad conductors. ■ Auto-ground clip assures positive ground. ■ Illuminated version features exclusive LED lamp with solder connection for long durable life (10-12 years).

3rd Party Compliance .900"

Catalog Number

Rating A. V.

Color

NEMA Config. No.

UL498

FSUL WC596 C22.2 No. 42

Duplex Receptacles Back & Side Wire

1.104" 2.750"

Extra Heavy-Duty Hospital Grade Receptacles

3.281"

1.625"

8300ILI

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

8200I 8200W 8200 8200GRY 8200BK 8200RED 8200LA 8300I 8300W 8300 8300GRY 8300BK 8300RED 8300LA 8800I 8800W 8800 8800GRY 8800BK 8800LA 8800RED

125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

Ivory White Brown Gray Black Red Light Almond Ivory White Brown Gray Black Red Light Almond Ivory White Brown Gray Black Light Almond Red

5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 6-20R 6-20R 6-20R 6-20R 6-20R 6-20R 6-20R

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

LED Illuminated Face Duplex Receptacles Back & Side Wire 8200ILI 8200ILRED 8200ILW 8300ILI 8300ILRED 8300ILLA 8300ILGRY

15 15 15 20 20 20 20

125 125 125 125 125 125 125

Ivory Red White Ivory Red Light Almond Gray

5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

• • • • • • •

2 Pole, 3 Wire

NEMA 5-15R

NEMA 5-20R

NEMA 6-20R

For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

B-6

All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

Turnlok® Locking Devices

RETURN Industrial Spec Grade Turnlok® Locking Devices

20 Amp NEMA L620 & L720 2 Pole, 3 Wire 20A, 250V & 277VAC

1.61" 1.19"

Catalog Number

Rating A. V.

Description/Color

Cord Diameter

NEMA Config. No.

3rd Party Compliance UL498

FSUL WC596

CSA

Receptacles 1.545"

2.37"

2.29"

3.28"

L620R IGL620R L720R IGL720R

.14"

20A Receptacle

L6-20R L6-20R

• •

•

• •

L7-20R L7-20R

• •

•

• •

Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L6-20R Yellow Back, White Front Body, .385"-1.150" L6-20R Corrosion-Resistant 20 277* Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L7-20R

• •

•

• •

•

20 250 20 250

Single Receptacle Single Receptacle, Orange, Isolated Ground 20 277* Single Receptacle 20 277* Single Receptacle, Orange, Isolated Ground

Connectors IP20 Suitability L620C CRL620C L720C

20 250 20 250

Plugs IP20 Suitability L620P CRL620P

3.33"

L720P

20 250 20 250

Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L6-20P Yellow Back, White Front Body, .385"-1.150" L6-20P Corrosion-Resistant 20 277* Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L7-20P

Flanged Inlets & Outlets

2.20"

L620FI L620FO L720FI L720FO

20A Connector

20 20 20 20

250 250 277* 277*

Gray Inlet Gray Outlet Gray Inlet Gray Outlet

L6-20P L6-20R L7-20P L7-20R

• • • •

*AC only. Reference Pages I-37 and I-38 for Accessories. 1.65"

3.75" 2.57"

1.34"

2.87"

ø.187"

20A Plug

NEMA L6-20R

NEMA L7-20P

NEMA L7-20R

ø.187" 3 HOLES ON ø2.50" C/L@ 120°

20A Flanged Inlet & Outlet

20A NEMA L620 & L720

NEMA L6-20P

2.09"

2.20"

2.87"

.19" (4 HOLES)

Catalog Number

Description

Color

Weatherproof Cover

3.25"

WPG2

4.57" 3.57"

Cover for 20 and 30A Turnlok Flanged Inlets and Outlets

Gray

Stainless Steel Wall Plate SS720

Wall Plate for Locking Receptacles

302 S/S

1.88" 2.85"

WPG2

I-6

All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

RETURN Switches

Switches

Specification Grade Decorator Switches 15, 120/277 & 347VAC; 20A, 120VAC

Features

1.060" ■

Silver alloy contacts integrally formed to the butterfly actuator assures reliable performance. ■ Integral auto-ground clip for positive ground to metal boxes. ■ Tri-drive ground, terminal and mounting screws. All terminal screws backed out, ready-to-install.

■

Impact-resistant polycarb back body and frame. ■ Cushioned thermoplastic paddle assures smooth, quiet, long term operation. ■ Unique single rocking butterfly contact provides long term consistent performance with significantly fewer moving parts. ■ Internal screw-pressure-plate back and side wire capability for easy installation with #14 – #10 stranded or solid copper/copper clad wire. Terminals made of high conductivity brass and serrated for maximum wire gripping.

4.200" 3.812" 2.620" 3.281"

3rd Party Compliance

Single Pole

Catalog Number Double Pole Three-Way

Four-Way

Rating A. VAC

Color

UL20

C22.2 111

• • • • • • • • • • • •

1.300"

2601

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire* 2601I 2601W 2601GRY 2601BK 2601LA 2621I 2621W 2621 2621GRY 2621BK 2621RED 2621LA

2622I 2622W 2622 2622GRY 2622BK 2622LA

2603I 2603W 2603GRY 2603BK 2603LA 2623I 2623W 2623 2623GRY 2623BK 2623RED 2623LA

2604I 2604W

2604LA 2624I 2624W 2624 2624GRY 2624BK 2624RED 2624LA

15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277

Ivory White Gray Black Light Almond Ivory White Brown Gray Black Red Light Almond

1.060"

4.200"

3.812"

2.620" 3.281"

2625I 2625W 2625 2625LA

2626I 2626W

2628I 2628W

2626LA

2628LA

20 20 20 20

120 120 120 120

Ivory White Brown Light Almond

• • • •

1.300"

2625, 2626, 2629

Pilot Lighted Decorator Switches (Lighted when ON) Back & Side Wire* 2629I 2629W 2629LA

20 20 20

120 120 120

Ivory White Light Almond

• • •

*For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1. 3rd Party Compliance

Single Pole

Catalog Number Three-Way Four-Way

VAC

Rating Color

UL20

C22.2 111

• • • • • • • • • •

1.060"

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire 2601347I 2601347W 2601347GRY 2601347LA 2621347I 2621347W 2621347GRY 2621347BK 2621347RED 2621347LA

2603347I 2603347W

2623347I 2623347W 2623347GRY 2623347BK 2623347RED 2623347LA

2624347I 2624347W

2624347LA

15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20

347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347

Ivory White Gray Light Almond Ivory White Gray Black Red Light Almond

Denotes Canadian catalog number. All Canadian products have Combination Slotted/Robertson Head Brass Screws. All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

4.200" 4.063" 2.620" 3.531"

1.300"

2601347

A-15

Specification Grade Decorator Switches

Illuminated Decorator Switches (Lighted when OFF) Back & Side Wire*

S P E C I F I C AT I O N S U B M I T TA L RETURN

Controls

www.lutron.com/diva CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

The designer dimmer that matches your paddle switches.

Preset Dimmers

Soft glow nightlight Select light level with slider

Select fan speed with slider

Switch on to selected light level/off

Switch on to selected fan speed/off

Preset Dimmer

Preset Fan-Speed Controls 15A Receptacle

15A GFCI Receptacle

Telephone/Cable TV Jacks

Single Telephone Jack

DIMENSIONS

Cable TV Jack

Profile 0.30" (7.6mm)

Ports

2.75" (70mm)

4.69" (119mm)

2.94" (75mm)

Switches

Receptacles

PRODUCT FAMILY FEATURES

Front

Fan-Speed Controls

1.31" * (33mm)

* some models

up to 1.44" (37mm)

6-Port Frame

Standard Multigang Wallplates

2-gang to 6-gang wallplates

JOB NAME

AREA CONTROLLED

LOCATION

JOB NUMBER

TITLE

PAGE NO.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN

Controls Description

Maximum Capacity 1

Model #

Description

DIMMER FOR L3 CANS

DIMMERS

To increase load capacity up to 30,000W/VA in most popular sources, use one DV-600P- or DV-603P- and add up to five dimming modules. Cannot be used with 0-10VDC ballast.

DV-600PDV-10PDV-603PDV-103P-

FAN-SPEED CONTROLS

DIMMER FOR FANS

Quiet Controls

Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

For use with one ceiling paddle fan.

Preset Fan-Speed Controls 3 Single pole/ 3-way, 1.5A 3-speed

Electronic Low Voltage Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 300W 3-way 300W

DVFSQ-F-

Note: Does not have soft-glow nightlight. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

DVELV-300PDVELV-303P-

SWITCHES 3

Note: Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

General Purpose Switching of all Sources and Motor Loads Single pole, 120/277V 15A 3-way, 120/277V 15A 4-way, 120/277V 15A

Magnetic Low Voltage Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 600VA (450W 2) Single pole 1000VA (800W 2) 3-way 600VA (450W 2) 3-way 1000VA (800W 2)

Model #

HI-POWER 2•4•6 DIMMING MODULES

Incandescent Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole 600W Single pole 1000W 3-way 600W 3-way 1000W

Maximum Capacity 1

DVLV-600PDVLV-10PDVLV-603PDVLV-103P-

CA-1PSHCA-3PSHCA-4PSH-

ACCESSORIES Receptacles

Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For DIMMER IN use with Claro switches or other 3-way andFOR 4-way2X4 switching, mechanical switches. CONF ROOM

Receptacle 3 15A, 125V CAR-15H-

Fluorescent Dimming with Hi-lume and Eco-10 (ECO-Series) Electronic Ballasts

GFCI Receptacle 3

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight 3 Single pole/ 3-way 8A Single pole/ 3-way, 277V 6A

Telephone and Cable Television Jacks

15A, 125V CAR-15-GFCIH-

DVF-103PDVF-103P-277-

A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage products

Fluorescent Dimming with Tu-Wire Electronic Ballasts

Cable TV Jack 3, 4 F-STYLE 75-Ohm, coaxial cable jack

Single Telephone Jack 4 6-conductor, RJ11 Note: Also accepts most 4-conductor plugs.

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight Single pole/ 3-way 5A

CA-PJH-

CA-CJH-

DVFTU-5A3P-

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

RETURN

Description

Rating

Model #

ACCESSORIES Field Customizable Multi-Port Frame 6-Port Frame

CON-1P-C3-WH CON-1P-C5E-WH CON-1P-C6-WH CON-1F-MTRJ-WH CON-1F-SC-WH CON-1F-LC-WH CON-1F-ST-WH CON-1C-WH CON-1B-WH

Connectors available in white (WH) only. For information about additional colors contact Lutron Customer Service.

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To orderâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN Controls Description

DERATING/MAXIMUM CAPACITY

Model #

STANDARD WALLPLATES 1-Gang 2.94”W (75mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-1-

No side sections removed (Full Capacity)

2-Gang 4.75”W (121mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-2-

One side section removed (End Units)

Two side sections removed (Middle Unit)

500W 800W

400W 650W

250W

200W

600VA (450W 2)

500VA (375W 2)

400VA (300W 2)

1000VA (800W 2)

800VA (650W 2)

650VA (500W 2)

Incandescent Dimmers 600W 1000W

3-Gang 6.56”W (167mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-3-

Electronic Low Voltage 1 300W

4-Gang 8.37”W (213mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-4-

Magnetic Low Voltage

5-Gang 10.18”W (259mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-56-Gang 12.00”W (305mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-6-

Fluorescent Hi-lume/Eco-10 20ballasts/8A (ECO-Series) Tu-Wire 3 5A

STANDARD COLORS/FINISHES

No derating required 4A

3.3A

Fan-Speed Controls

Gloss Finishes (Ships in 48 hours)

1.5A

No derating required

Add color/finish suffix to model number to order. Example: DV-600P-WH

WH IV AL LA GR BR BL

White Ivory Almond Light Almond Gray Brown Black

1 Requires 40W minimum load. 2 Actual lamp wattage. 3 Minimum capacity: 2 ballasts/0.25A

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 1 Single-Pole Wiring

DV-600PDV-10PDVLV-600PDVLV-10PCA-1PSH-

Dimmer/ Switch/Fan-Speed Control Black * Black or Red *

Hot

120VAC 60Hz

Green **

Wiring Diagram 4 3-Way Wiring

Model #

Control Load Side Hot

Model # DVELV-303PCA-3PS-

3-Way Switch **

3-Way Dimmer

Red

Yellow

Lighting Load or Fan

120VAC 60Hz

Neutral

Green

White

Neutral

Ground

** or Brass screw terminal ** or Green screw terminal

Wire Connectors

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal

Ground Wire Connectors

Wiring Diagram 2 Single-Pole Wiring of 3-Way Control Model #

Black *

Wiring Diagram 5 3-Way Used as Single Pole

DVFSQ-FDVLV-103PDVLV-603PDV-103PDV-603P-

Dimmer/ Switch/Fan-Speed Control Hot

Lighting Load

Red **

DVELV-303P-

Green ***

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Hot

Red

Wire Connectors

Yellow Red

Lighting Load or Fan

120VAC 60Hz

Green

White

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold Lighting *** screw terminal Load

Neutral

*** or Copper/Black screw terminal *** or Brass screw terminal *** or Green screw terminal † or Red/White stripe (cap off)

Wiring Diagram 3 Single-Pole Wiring

Ground

3-Way Dimmer

Red **† 120VAC 60Hz

Model #

Model # DVELV-300P-

Dimmer/Switch/ Fan-Speed Control Black Red or Yellow

Hot

120VAC Green 60Hz

White

Lighting Load or Fan

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 6 3-Way Wiring

Model #

Fan-Speed Control or 3-Way 3-Way Dimmer/Switch Switch Black ** Red * * **

Control Line Side

Control Load Side

Hot

Red *† 120VAC 60Hz

120VAC OR 60Hz

*** Lighting Load or Fan

Red *†

3-Way Switch

Green ***

Fan-Speed Control or 3-Way Dimmer/Switch Red * Black **

Green *** Lighting Load or Fan

***

Ground Wire Connectors *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal *** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Green screw *** terminal † or Red/White stripe

DV-603PDV-103PDVLV-603PDVLV-103PDVFSQ-FCA-3PSH-

Neutral

Wiring Diagram 7 4-Way Wiring 3-Way Dimmer/Switch or Fan-Speed Control Hot Black ** Red *

Model #

Control Line Side

Red *† 120VAC 60Hz

Ground 4-Way Switch

3-Way Switch

Green ***

Wire Connectors **

Lighting Load or Fan

***

*** or Copper/Black *** screw terminal *** or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal *** or Green *** screw terminal † or Red/White stripe

DV-603PDV-103PDVLV-603PDVLV-103PDVFSQ-FCA-3PSHCA-4-PSH-

Neutral OR

3-Way Dimmer/Switch or Fan-Speed Control Red * Black **

Red *†

Control Load Side 3-Way Switch Hot

120VAC 60Hz

4-Way Switch

Lighting Load or Fan

Green ***

Neutral

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 8 Single-Pole Wiring of a 3-Way Control Blue

Hot

Dimmer

Red

Black

Yellow or Orange 120VAC or 277VAC 60Hz Green

Model # Ground

White *

Wire Connectors Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown **

Violet or Blue

Typical 4-Wire Connection *** must use lamp ***disconnect sockets ***with magnetic ***dimming ballasts *** or Yellow/Blue or ***Yellow/Green when ***used with magnetic ***dimming ballasts

Black

White

White * Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown **

Neutral

DVF-103PDVF-103P-277-

Black

To Additional Ballasts

Wiring Diagram 9 3-Way Wiring

Model # DVF-103PDVF-103P-277CA-3PSH-

Control Load 3-Way Side Switch* †† † Hot

Dimmer

Blue

Black

Red

White **

†

120VAC or 277VAC 60Hz

Violet or Blue Green

Green

Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown ***

Yellow or Orange White

Black White **

Neutral

Dimming Ballast

Orange or Brown ***

Ground To Additional Ballasts

Wire Connectors Typical 4-Wire Connection

Wiring Diagram 10 Single-Pole Wiring

Wiring Diagram 11 3-Way Wiring

Model #

DVFTU-5A3PHot Black

Dimmer Red

Black

Black** Hot Black

Red* 120VAC 60Hz

120VAC 60Hz

White**

Black

Black**

Green

Tu-Wire™ Ballast

Green White**

Neutral * or Red/White ** terminals are provided

Red

DVTU-5A3PCA-3PSH-

Red*

Tu-Wire™ Ballast

Green

Dimmer

3-way Switch

Neutral

To additional ballasts

* or Red/White ** terminals are provided

Ground

Wire Connectors

To additional ballasts

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

RETURN

Controls WIRING DIAGRAMS Wiring Diagram 12 Cable TV Jack Wiring

Model # CA-CJH-

75-Ohm Cable

Cable TV Jack

Wiring Diagram 13 Telephone Jack Wiring

Model # CA-PJH-

Wire Jack Position Color White 1 2 Black 3 Red 4 Green 6-Conductor Yellow Telephone Jack* 5 6 Blue * accepts most 4-conductor jacks

Wiring Diagram 14 Receptacle Wiring

Model # CAR-15H-

Receptacle (15A Shown)

Black

Hot

White Brass Screws

120VAC 60Hz

Nickel Plated Screws Green Screw Ground or Isolated Ground

Building Ground (To Metal Box)

Neutral Ground Wire Connectors

Wiring Diagram 15 GFCI Receptacle Wiring

Model # CAR-15-GFCIH-

Ground

Green or Screw Terminal

Neutral

White NP

Green or Screw Terminal

Green or Screw Terminal White

120VAC 60Hz

Black

Line

Black

Load

Hot GFCI Receptacle (15A Shown)

P-Protected NP-Not Protected

Wire Connectors

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To orderâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

RETURN

DIVA CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

RETURN

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

RETURN

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall furnish all devices (dimmers, accessories, & wallplate kits), labor and other services necessary for the proper installation of the devices as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. B. Contractor shall be responsible for derating dimmer capacity if side sections are removed. C. Contractor shall run separate neutral wires in 120/208 VAC installations. D. Devices shall be installed utilizing manufacturer's recommended application, wiring and installation instructions. E. Contractor to provide seamless wallplate covers per specification 2.02 for all devices ganged in a common box. Contractor shall provide barriers within the box where required by code. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, global customer service and technical hotline available. B. Supplemental information shall be provided by manufacturer's Internet site.

11 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. 7200 Suter Road • Coopersburg, PA 18036 U.S.A. Made and printed in U.S.A.

03/2003

RETURN

Switches

Specification Grade Decorator Switches 15, 120/277 & 347VAC; 20A, 120VAC

Features

1.060" ■

■

4.200" 3.812" 2.620" 3.281"

3rd Party Compliance

Single Pole

Catalog Number Double Pole Three-Way

Four-Way

Rating A. VAC

Color

UL20

C22.2 111

• • • • • • • • • • • •

1.300"

2601

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire* 2601I 2601W 2601GRY 2601BK 2601LA 2621I 2621W 2621 2621GRY 2621BK 2621RED 2621LA

2622I 2622W 2622 2622GRY 2622BK 2622LA

2603I 2603W 2603GRY 2603BK 2603LA 2623I 2623W 2623 2623GRY 2623BK 2623RED 2623LA

2604I 2604W

2604LA 2624I 2624W 2624 2624GRY 2624BK 2624RED 2624LA

15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277 120/277

Ivory White Gray Black Light Almond Ivory White Brown Gray Black Red Light Almond

1.060"

4.200"

3.812"

2.620" 3.281"

2625I 2625W 2625 2625LA

2626I 2626W

2628I 2628W

2626LA

2628LA

20 20 20 20

120 120 120 120

Ivory White Brown Light Almond

• • • •

1.300"

2625, 2626, 2629

Pilot Lighted Decorator Switches (Lighted when ON) Back & Side Wire* 2629I 2629W 2629LA

20 20 20

120 120 120

Ivory White Light Almond

• • •

*For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1. 3rd Party Compliance

Single Pole

Catalog Number Three-Way Four-Way

VAC

Rating Color

UL20

C22.2 111

• • • • • • • • • •

1.060"

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire 2601347I 2601347W 2601347GRY 2601347LA 2621347I 2621347W 2621347GRY 2621347BK 2621347RED 2621347LA

2603347I 2603347W

2623347I 2623347W 2623347GRY 2623347BK 2623347RED 2623347LA

2624347I 2624347W

2624347LA

15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20

347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347 347

Ivory White Gray Light Almond Ivory White Gray Black Red Light Almond

Denotes Canadian catalog number. All Canadian products have Combination Slotted/Robertson Head Brass Screws. All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

4.200" 4.063" 2.620" 3.531"

1.300"

2601347

A-15

Specification Grade Decorator Switches

Illuminated Decorator Switches (Lighted when OFF) Back & Side Wire*

SUBMITTAL Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire Alarm System November 15, 2010 Project:

Ball Memorial Hospital Sleep Lab Muncie, Indiana

Electrical Contractor:

Energy Management Design, Inc. Muncie, Indiana

Electronic System Subcontractor:

Fairchild Communication Systems, Inc. Indianapolis, Indiana

Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Fire Alarm System Principal Manufacturers: Notifier 2.2

FACP Notifier # NFW2-100 Reference: DN-60602:A

2.2.L

Secondary Power Batteries Notifer # BAT-12xxx Reference: DN-6933:A1

2.3

Manual Fire Alarm Boxes Notifer # NOT-BG12LX Reference: DN-7001:C1

2.4.D

Duct SmokeDetectors Notifer # DNR Reference: dn-60429:b

2.4.D.10

Relay Fan Shutdown Notifer # NC-100R Reference: dn-60383:A2

2.5.A.1

Notification Appliances Combination Devices Notifer # P2R Reference: DN-7087:B1

2.5.C

Visible Alarm Devices Notifer # SR Reference: DN-7087:B1

2.6

Remote Annunciator Notifer # N-ANN-80 Reference: dn-7114:c 16851 - 1

SUBMITTAL Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire Alarm System Drawings (Provided under separate cover) Installation Notes (Shown on Drawings) End

16851 - 2

DN-60602:A

FireWarden-100-2(E) Rev 3 Intelligent Addressable FACP with Built-In Communciator Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

General The Notifier FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 (NFW2-100 Rev 3) with Version 5.0 firmware is a combination FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) and DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter) all on one circuit board. This compact intelligent addressable control panel has an extensive list of powerful features. The SLC (Signaling Line Circuit) of the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 operates using a Rapid Group Polling communication protocol technology that polls multiple devices simultaneously for a quicker device response time.This patented technology allows a fully-loaded panel with up to 198 devices to report an incident and activate the notification circuits in under 10 seconds. With this improved polling, devices can be wired on standard twisted, unshielded wire up to a distance of 10,000 feet.

7101cov.jpg

The FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3’s quick-remove chassis protects the electronics during construction. The backbox can be installed allowing field wiring to be pulled. When construction is completed, the electronics can be quickly installed with just two bolts. New features for Rev 3 with Version 5.0 firmware include removable terminal blocks, improved transient protection, additional secondary ANN-BUS, and increased power for the resettable and remote sync outputs. Available accessories include ANN-BUS devices as well as ACS LED, graphic and LCD annunciators, and reverse polarity/city box transmitter. The integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, supervisories, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the public switched telephone network. It also allows remote and local programming of the control panel using the PS-Tools Upload/ Download utility. In addition, the control panel may be programmed or interrogated off-site via the public switched telephone network. Any personal computer with Windows® XP or greater, a compatible modem, and PS-Tools, the Upload/ Download software kit, may serve as a Service Terminal. This allows download of the entire program or upload of the entire program, history file, walktest data, current status and system voltages. The panel can also be programmed through the FACP’s keypad or via a standard PS-2 computer keyboard, which can be plugged directly into the printed circuit board. This permits easy typing of address labels and other programming information. Version 5.0 firmware supports the following: Primary and Secondary ANN-bus devices, NP-A100, USB port, NAC circuit diagnostics, a new report has been added to the walk-test that lists untested devices, new device types added: audio telephone type code for NFV-25/50ZST, Photo Supervisory and auto-resettable Drill (non-latching). The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT-2 and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over the Internet saving the monthly cost of two dedicated business telephone lines. Although not required, the secondary telephone line may be retained providing backup communication over the public switched telephone line. NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term “FireWarden-100-2” is used in this document to refer to both the FireWarden-100-2 and the FireWarden-100-2E FACPs (Fire Alarm Control Panels). Likewise, “NFW2-100” refers to NFW2-100E as well.

Features • Listed to UL standard 864, 9th edition. • On-board DACT. • Remote site or local USB port upload/download, using PSTools. • Four (4) Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits, which can be converted to four (4) Style Z (Class A) circuits with optional ZNAC-92 converter module. (Up to 6.0 amps total NAC power when using optional XRM-24B.) • Selectable strobe synchronization for System Sensor, Wheelock, and Gentex devices. • Remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill via addressable monitor modules or FDU-80, N-ANN-80 or Legacy ACS Annunciators. • ANN-BUS for connection to following optional modules (cannot be used if ACS annunciators are used):

– N-ANN-80(-W) Remote LCD Annunciator – N-ANN-I/O LED Driver – N-ANN-S/PG Printer Module – N-ANN-RLY Relay Module – N-ANN-LED Annunciator Module – N-ANN-RLED Annunciator Module alarms only – ROME Relay Option Module Enclosure • ACS & Terminal-mode Annunciators: – ACS Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy ACM Series annunciators (ACM-16AT or ACM-32 series). Cannot be used if ANN-BUS devices are used. – Terminal-mode Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy FDU-80 annunciators. • EIA-232 printer/PC interface (variable baud rate) on main circuit board, for use with optional UL-listed printer PRN-6. DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 1 of 6

• Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting. • Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savings control. • Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant). • History file with 1,000-event capacity. • Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accumulation is excessive. • Automatic device type-code verification. • One person audible or silent walk test with walk-test log and printout. • Point trouble identification. • Waterflow (nonsilenceable) selection per monitor point. • System alarm verification selection per detector point. • PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and presignal delay per point (NFPA 72 compliant). NOTE: Only detectors may participate in PAS.

SLC LOOP: • SLC can be configured for NFPA Style 4, 6, or 7 operation. • SLC supports up to 198 addressable devices per loop (99 detectors and 99 monitor, control, or relay modules). • SLC loop maximum length 10,000 ft. (3,000 m.). See installation manual for wire tables.

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NACS): • Four onboard NACs with additional NAC capability using output control modules (NC-100). The four Class B NACs can be converted to four Class A NACs with optional ZNAC92 converter module. • Silence Inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. • Continuous, March Time, Temporal or California code for main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability. • Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC. • 2.5 amps maximum per each NAC circuit. NOTE: Maximum 24VDC system power output is shared among all NAC circuits and 24VDC special-application auxiliary power outputs. Total available output is 3.0 amps. Using the optional XRM-24B transformer increases 24VDC output to 6.0 amps.

PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE: • Autoprogram (learn mode) reduces installation time. • Custom English labels (per point) may be manually entered or selected from an internal library file. • Three Form-C relay outputs (two programmable). • 99 software zones. • Continuous fire protection during online programming at the front panel. • Program Check automatically catches common errors not linked to any zone or input point. • OFFLINE PROGRAMMING: Create the entire program in your office using a Windows®-based software package (NFW2-100 requires PS-Tools Programming software, available on www.magni-fire.com). Upload/download system programming locally to the NFW2-100 Rev 3 in less than one minute. • USB upload/download programming with standard Male-A to Male-B cable.

User Interface LED INDICATORS • AC Power (green) • Fire Alarm (red)

Page 2 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

• • • • • • •

Supervisory (yellow) Alarm Silenced (yellow) System Trouble (yellow) Maintenance/Presignal (yellow) Disabled (yellow) Battery Fault (yellow) Ground Fault (yellow)

KEYPAD CONTROLS • • • • • • •

Acknowledge/Step Alarm Silence Drill System Reset (lamp test) 16-key alpha-numeric pad (similar to telephone keypad) 4 cursor keys Enter

Product Line Information NFW2-100: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 198-point addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel, one SLC loop. Includes 80-character LCD display, single printed circuit board mounted on chassis, and cabinet. 120 VAC operation. NFW2-100R: Same as NFW2-100, except in a red backbox. NFW2-100E: Same as NFW2-100, except with 240 VAC operation. 4XTM Reverse Polarity Transmitter Module: Provides supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter, alarm, and trouble. ZNAC-92: Optional converter module which converts four (4) Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits to four (4) Style Z (Class A) circuits. VFWARDEN-CD: Contains PS-Tools Programming software for Windows®-based PC computer (cable not included), available on www.magni-fire.com. DP-9692B: Optional dress panel for FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3. TR-CE-B: Optional trim Ring for semi-flush mounting. BB-26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 26 AH batteries and CHG-75. NFS-LBB: Battery box, houses two 55 AH batteries. CHG-75: Battery charger for lead-acid batteries with a rating of 25 to 75 AH. CHG-120: Remote battery charging system for lead-acid batteries with a rating of 55 to 120 AH. Requires additional NFSLBB for mounting. NOTE: CHG-120 or CHG-75 required for batteries larger than 18AH.

BAT Series: Batteries, see data sheet DN-6933. XRM-24B(E): Optional transformer. Increases system power output to 6.0 amps. Use XRM-24BE with FireWarden-100-2E Rev 3. PRT/PK-CABLE: Cable printer/personal computer interface cable; required for printer or for local upload/download programming and updating panel firmware. PRN-6: UL listed compatible event printer. Uses tractor-fed paper. IPDACT-2/2UD, IPDACT Internet Monitoring Module: Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PN IPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT telephone output ports for internet communications over customer provided ethernet internet connection. Requires compatible

Teldat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IP. (See data sheet DN-60408 for more information.)

NH-100H: Fixed high-temperature detector that activates at 190F/88C.

IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclosure.

NP-A100: Addressable low-profile multi-sensor detector.

IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allows connection of both panel dialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input.

COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORS N-ANN-80(-W): LCD Annunciator is a remote LCD annunciator that mimics the information displayed on the FACP LCD display. Recommended wire type is un-shielded. (Basic model is black; order -W version for white; see DN-7114.) N-ANN-LED: Annunciator Module provides three LEDs for each zone: Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. Ships with red or black enclosure (see DN-60242). N-ANN-RLED: Provides alarm (red) indicators for up to 30 input zones or addressable points. (See DN-60242). N-ANN-RLY: Relay Module, which can be mounted inside the cabinet, provides 10 programmable Form-C relays. (See DN7107.) ROME-B: Relay Option Module Enclosure (order ROME-B for black or ROME for red). Provides one N-ANN-RLY Relay Module already installed. The ROME Series provides mounting space for one additional Relay Module or one addressable Multi-module. (See Installation Sheet PN 53530.) N-ANN-S/PG: Serial/Parallel Printer Gateway module provides a connection for a serial or parallel printer. (See DN7103.) N-ANN-I/O: LED Driver Module provides connections to a user supplied graphic annunciator. (See DN-7105.) ACM-8R: Relay module provides 8 Form-C 5.0 amp relays. ACM Annunciator Series: LED-type fire annunciators capable of providing up to 99 software zones of annunciation. Available in increments of 16 or 32 points to meet a variety of applications. LDM Graphic Series: Lamp Driver Module series for use with custom graphic annunciators. FDU-80 (Liquid Crystal Display) point annunciator: 80-character, backlit LCD-type fire annunciators capable of displaying English-language text. NOTE: For more information on Compatible Annunciators for use with the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following data sheets (document numbers) ACM-8R (DN-3558), ACS/ACM Series (DN0524), LDM Series (DN-0551), FDU-80 (DN-6820).

COMPATIBLE ADDRESSABLE DEVICES All feature a polling LED and rotary switches for addressing. NI-100: Addressable low-profile ionization smoke detector. NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector. NP-100T: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector with thermal sensor. NP-100R: Addressable remote test capable detector for use with DNR(W) duct smoke detector housings. NH-100: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector. NH-100R: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector with rateof-rise option.

DNR: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing. Order NP-100R separately. DNRW: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing, with NEMA-4 rating. Watertight. (Order NP-100R separately.) NMM-100: Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of normally-open dry-contact initiating devices. Mounts in standard 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box. Includes plastic cover plate and end-ofline resistor. Module may be configured for either a Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) IDC. NDM-100: Dual Monitor Module. Same as NMM-100 except it provides two Style B (Class B) only IDCs. NMM-100P: Miniature version of NMM-100. Excludes LED and Style D option. Connects with wire pigtails. May mount in device backbox. NZM-100: Similar to NMM-100, but may monitor up to 20 conventional two-wire detectors. Requires resettable 24 VDC power. Consult factory for compatible smoke detectors. NC-100: Addressable Control Module for one Style Y/Z (Class B/A) zone of supervised polarized Notification Appliances. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) electrical box. Notification Appliance Circuit option requires external 24 VDC to power notification appliances. NC-100R: Addressable relay module containing two isolated sets of Form-C contacts, which operate as a DPDT switch. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box, surface mount using the SMB500. NOT-BG12LX: Addressable manual pull station with interface module mounted inside. N100-ISO: Fault Isolator Module. This module isolates the SLC loop from short circuit conditions (required for Style 6 or 7 operation). SMB500: Used to mount all modules except the NMM-100P. NMM-100-10: Ten-input monitor module. Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-25. NZM-100-6: Six-zone interface module for compatible conventional two-wire detectors. Mount one or two modules in a BBXP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-25. NOTE: For more information on Compatible Addressable Devices for use with the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following data sheets (document numbers): N100-ISO (DN-6994), NP-100 series (DN-6995), NI-100 (DN-6996), NH-100 series (DN-6997), ND-100 series (DN-7006), NP-A100 (DN-6998), NMM-100/NMM-100P/ NDM-100/NZM-100 (DN-6999), NC-100/NC-100R (DN-7000), NOT-BG12LX (DN-7001), NMM-100-10 (DN-6990), and NZM-1006 (DN-60150).

Wiring Requirements While shielded wire is not required, it is recommended that all SLC wiring be twisted-pair to minimize the effects of electrical interference. Wire size should be no smaller than 18 AWG (0.78 mm²) and no larger than 12 AWG (3.1 mm²). The wire size depends on the length of the SLC circuit. Refer to the panel manual for wiring details.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 3 of 6

ANN-BUS DEVICES N-ANN-80, N-ANN-LED, N-ANN-S/PG, N-ANN-I/O

FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 Fire Alarm Control/ Communicator

ANN-BUS or EIA-485 in ACS mode (two wires)

SMOKE DETECTORS NP-100, NP-100T, NI-100, NP-A100

24 VDC Optional REVERSE POLARITY/ CITY BOX OUTPUT (4XTM) ANNUNCIATORS ACS/ACM, LDM NOTE: System can use either ANN-BUS devices OR ACS-mode annunciators. They cannot be used simultaneously.

8 FORM-C, 5-AMP RELAYS (optional, order ACM-8R)

NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits) BELLS, SIGNALS, STROBES

EIA-232 INTERFACE (PIM-24) built into the motherboard

PRINTER

60417sys2009.wmf

EIA-485 INTERFACE (four wires)

Page 4 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

HEAT DETECTORS NH-100, NH-100R, NH-100H

DUCT DETECTORS ND-100, ND-100R, DNR

MONITOR/CONTROL NMM-100, NZM-100, NDM-100, N100-ISO, NC-100, NC-100R

ADDRESSABLE MULTI-MODULE NZM-100-6, NMM-100-10

NOTE: System can use either the printer OR the FDU-80. They cannot be used simultaneously. 24 VDC MINI-MONITOR NMM-100P

FDU-80 Up to 6,000 ft. (1825.8 m) between each FDU-80 in the EIA-485 loop, and between each FDU-80 and the FACP.

PULL STATION NOT-BG12LX

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 5 of 6

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS System Capacity

Shipping Specifications

• • • • •

Weight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00” (50.80 cm.) high x 22.5” (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5” (21.59 cm.) deep.

Intelligent Signalling Line Circuits....................................... 1 Addressable device capacity .......................................... 198 Programmable software zones ......................................... 99 ACS Annunciators ............................................................ 32 ANN-bus devices .............................................................. 16

Electrical Specifications AC Power: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0 amps. FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3(E): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps. Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm²) with 600 V insulation. Battery: Two 12 V 18AH lead-acid batteries. Battery charger capacity: 7 – 18 AH. FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 cabinet holds maximum of two 18 AH batteries. Communication Loop: Supervised and power-limited. Notification Appliance Circuits: Each terminal block provides connections for two Style Y (Class B) for a total of four Style Y (Class B) or with an optional ZNAC-92 module converts to four Style Z (Class A) NACs. Maximum signaling current per circuit: 2.5 amps. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, 1/2 watt (P/N 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC. Refer to panel documentation and Notifier Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay: Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 amps @ 30 VAC (resistive). Form-C relays. Special Application Power (24 VDC Nominal): Jumper selectable (JP4) for conversion to resettable power output. Up to 1.0 amp total DC current available from each output. Powerlimited. Four-Wire Resettable Special Application Smoke Detector Power (24 VDC nominal): Up to 1.0 amp for powering fourwire smoke detectors. Power-limited. Refer to the Notifier Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Remote Sync Output: Remote power supply synchronization output. Nominal special application power: 24 VDC. Maximum current: 300 mA. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm. Output linked to NAC 1 control. Supervised and power-limited. Telephone Interface: Unless used with Teldat VISORALARM, requires dedicated business telephone number with a minimum of 5 volts DC (off-hook voltage). Obtain dedicated phone line directly from your local phone company. Do not use shared phone lines or PBX (digital) type phone line extensions.

Temperature and Humidity Ranges This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 – 49°C/32 – 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.

NFPA Standards The FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 complies with the following NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements: – LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). – AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires 4XTM). – REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory) (Where a DACT is not accepted, the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be connected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polarity signaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTM is required.) – PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). – CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). – OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet-switched Data Network)

Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the basic FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S635 • FM approved • CSFM: 7165-0028:235 For ULC-listed version, see DN-60600.

Cabinet Specifications Door: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82" (42.73 cm.) wide x 0.12" (.30 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x 16.65" (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.20" (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring (TR-CE-B): 22.00" (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65" (49.91 cm.) wide.

FireWarden® and Notifier® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 6 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

DN-6933:A1 • E-205

BAT Series Batteries Sealed Lead-Acid or Gell Cell Power Supplies .

General BAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing system — providing an improved method of delivery for NOTIFIERapproved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm system needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered under generic part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permitting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. NOTIFIER has approved the multiple brands listed below as possible product shipped for a given part number. Please note that any incoming orders for “PS Series” batteries will be converted to the equivalent BAT Series part numbers.

Features • • • • •

Provide secondary power for control panels. Sealed and maintenance-free. Overcharge protected. Easy handling with leakproof construction. Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene, or polypropylene, depending on models). • Long service life. • Compact design.

6933cov.jpg

Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 (B & B Battery), MH20567 (UPG, previously Jolt), MH20845 (PowerSonic).

Part Number Reference CURRENT Part Number

BATTERY DESCRIPTION

ALTERNATES APPROVED: manufacturers and P/Ns shipped under BAT P/Ns

BAT-1250

12 V, 5 AH, sealed.

BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).

BAT-1250

12 V, 5 AH, sealed.

BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).

BAT-1270

12 V, 7 AH, sealed.

BP7-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1270 (Power-Sonic); SA1272 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1270 (UPG).

BAT-12120

12 V, 12 AH, sealed.

BP12-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12120 (Power-Sonic); SA12120 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12120 (UPG).

BAT-12180

12 V, 18 AH, sealed.

PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG).

BAT-12180

12 V, 18 AH, sealed.

PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG).

BAT-12260

12 V, 26 AH, sealed.

BP26-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12260 (Power-Sonic); SA12260 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12260 (UPG).

BAT-12550

12 V, 55 AH, sealed.

PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG).

BAT-12550

12 V, 55 AH, sealed.

PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG).

BAT-121000

12 V, 100 AH, gell cell.

PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSA121000A (Jolt) to be replaced with UB121000 (UPG).

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 1 of 10

POWER-SONIC

1109t1.tbl

Part Number Reference

MODEL

Nominal Discharge Nominal Capacity Current Voltage V @ 20 hr. @20 hr. rate A.H. rate mA

PS-1250 12

250

DIMENSIONS Width in. 3.54

mm 90

Depth in. 2.76

mm 70

Height in. 4.02

mm 102

Height over terminal in. 4.21

mm 107

Weight lb. 4.1

kg. 1.9

PS-1270 12

325

5.94

151

2.56

3.7

3.86

5.7

2.6

PS-12120 12

600

5.94

151

3.86

3.7

3.86

8.8

PS-12180 12

875

7.13

181

2.99

6.57

167

6.57

167

12.8

5.8

PS-12250 12

1300

6.89

175

6.54

166

4.92

125

4.92

125

18.7

8.5

PS-12550 12

3000

10.25

260

6.6

168

8.2

208

9.45

240

39.7

PS-121000 12

100

5000

305

6.6

168

8.2

208

9.45

240

65.7

29.8

Effect of Temperature on Capacity

1109grf2.wmf

1109grf1.tif

Characteristic Discharge Curves

1109grf3.wmf

at left: PS-121000 Shelf-Life and Storage

1109grf4.wmf

at left: PS-1210000 Discharge Characteristics

Page 2 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

B & B BATTERY Terminal Nominal Capacity (AH) Model

Standard 20 hr

10 hr

5 hr

Dimensions

Weight

1 hr

lbs

Type

Pos.

Optional Type

Pos.

L mm

W in

BP5-12

5.00

4.75

4.25

3.00

1.86 4.10

3.54

2.76

102

4.02

106

4.17

BP7-12

7.00

6.65

5.95

4.20

2.60 5.73

151

5.94

2.56

3.66

3.86

BP12-12

12.00

11.40

10.20

7.20

4.03 8.89

151

5.94

3.86

3.70

3.86

BP26-12

26.00

24.70

22.10

15.60

9.40 20.73

T2.I1

175

6.89

166

6.54

125

4.92

125

4.92

Charging Procedure Charging time 0.1 CA, Temperature Maximum 20°C (h) Charging compensation charging voltage at coefficient of current 100% 50% 20°C (V/cell) charging voltage (CA) discharge discharge (mV/°C/cell)

Application

Charging method

For standby power source For cycle service

Constant voltage and constant current charging (with current restriction)

2.25 ~ 2.30

–3

0.3

2.40 ~ 2.50

–4

0.3

Temp (°C)

0 – 40°C (32 ~104°F)

Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range. Discharge Time: for Model BP5-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

10 hr

20 hr

5.62

2.94

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP5-12 10.80 V

180.8

133.1

106.6

63.5

36.39 14.57

10.05

10.50 V

209.2

144.2

111.5

65.9

37.48 14.87

10.20

5.70

3.00

10.20 V

222.3

149.4

115.0

67.4

38.16 15.00

10.26

5.73

3.01

9.90 V

232.3

152.9

117.6

68.3

38.61 15.10

10.29

5.75

3.02

9.60 V

240.0

156.0

120.0

69.0

39.0 15.20

10.32

5.75

3.02

10 hr

20 hr

7.86

4.11

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP5-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP7-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP7-12 10.80 V

253.1

186.3

149.3

88.8

50.95 20.40

14.07

10.50 V

292.9

201.8

156.2

92.2

52.47 20.81

14.28

7.98

4.20

10.20 V

311.2

209.1

161.0

94.3

53.42 21.00

14.36

8.02

4.22

9.90 V

325.2

214.1

164.7

95.6

54.06 21.15

14.41

8.04

4.23

9.60 V

336.0

218.4

168.0

96.6

54.60 21.27

14.45

8.04

4.23

10 hr

20 hr

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP7-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP12-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP12-12 10.80 V

433.9

319.4

256.0

152.3

87.34 34.98

24.12

13.48

7.05

10.50 V

502.2

346.0

267.7

158.1

89.96 35.68

24.48

13.68

7.20

10.20 V

533.6

358.5

276.0

161.7

91.57 36.00

24.61

13.75

7.23

9.90 V

557.5

367.1

282.4

164.0

92.67 36.25

24.70

13.79

7.25

9.60 V

576.0

374.4

288.0

165.6

93.60 36.47

24.77

13.79

7.25

10 hr

20 hr

29.20

15.26

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP12-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP26-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP26-12 10.80 V

940.0

692.0

554.6

330.0

189.23 75.79

52.25

10.50 V

1088.0

749.7

580.0

342.5

194.91 77.30

53.04

29.64

15.60

10.20 V

1156.0

776.7

598.0

350.3

198.41 78.00

53.33

29.79

15.67

9.90 V

1208.0

795.3

611.8

355.2

200.79 78.54

53.52

29.88

15.71

9.60 V

1248.0

811.2

624.0

358.8

202.80 79.01

53.68

29.88

15.71

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP26-12

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 3 of 10

B & B BATTERY BP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP7-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP05dis.tif

BP12-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP07dis.tif

BP26-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP12dis.tif

BP26dis.tif

BP05-12

BP26-12

Page 4 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

6933bp26.jpg

6933bp12.jpg

6933bp05.jpg

BP12-12

UPG BATTERY UB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA1250; SA1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending).

UB1250 (previously SA1250) Diagrams

SA1272 Diagrams

UB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time

SA1272 discharge current vs. time

6933up01.tif

6933up03.tif

UB1250/SA1250 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up02.tif

6933up04.tif

UB1250, SA1250 Specifications

SA1272 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 5.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 107 mm (4.21"); container height 101 mm (3.98"); length 90 mm (3.54"); width 70 mm (2.76"). • Weight: approximately 1.83 kg (4.03 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 32 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 0.25 A: 5.0 AH. 5 hr @ 0.8 A: 4.0 AH. 1 hr @ 3.0 A: 3.0 AH. 1 C @ 5.0 A: 2.5 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 60 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 1.5 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH. • Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 65 mm (2.56"). • Weight: approximately 2.66 kg (5.85 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 22 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 0.36 A: 7.2 AH. 5 hr @ 1.15 A: 5.76 AH. 1 hr @ 4.32 A: 4.32 AH. 1 C @ 7.2 A: 3.6 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 90 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 2.16 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%. DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 5 of 10

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12120 (was SA12120) Diagrams

UB12180 (was SA12180) Diagrams

UB12120/SA12120 discharge current vs. time

UB12180/SA12180 discharge current vs. time

6933up05.tif

6933up07.tif

UB12120/SA12120 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB12180/SA12180 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up06.tif

6933up08.tif

UB12120, SA12120 Specifications

UB12180, SA12180 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 12.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 98 mm (3.86"). • Weight: approximately 4.10 kg (9.04 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 14 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 0.6 A: 12.0 AH. 5 hr @ 1.92 A: 9.6 AH. 1 hr @ 7.2 A: 7.2 AH. 1 C @ 12.0 A: 6.0 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec).

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 18.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 167 mm (6.58"); container height 167 mm (6.58"); length 181 mm (7.13"); width 76 mm (2.29"). • Weight: approximately 6.06 kg (13.36 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 13 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 0.9 A: 18.0 AH. 5 hr @ 2.88 A: 14.4 AH. 1 hr @ 10.8 A: 10.8 AH. 1 C @ 18.0 A: 9.0 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 5.4 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

Maximum charging current: 3.6 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%. Page 6 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12260 (was SA12260) Diagrams

UB12550 (was SA12550) Diagrams

UB12260/SA12260 discharge current vs. time

UB12550/SA12550 discharge current vs. time

6933up09.tif

6933up11.tif

UB12260/SA12260 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB12550/SA12550 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up10.tif

6933up12.tif

UB12260, SA12260 Specifications

UB12550, SA12550 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 26.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 125 mm (4.92"); container height 125 mm (4.92"); length 166 mm (6.54"); width 175 mm (6.89"). • Weight: approximately 8.80 kg (19.40 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 10 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 1.3 A: 26.0 AH. 5 hr @ 4.16 A: 20.8 AH. 1 hr @ 15.6 A: 15.6 AH. 1 C @ 26.0 A: 13.0 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 7.8 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23"); container height 216.5 mm (8.52"); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43"). • Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 8 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 2.75 A: 55.0 AH. 5 hr @ 8.8 A: 44.0 AH. 1 hr @ 33.0 A: 33.0 AH. 1 C @ 55.0 A: 27.5 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 16.5 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%. DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 7 of 10

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams

UPG Summary Diagrams

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge current vs. time

Summary discharge characteristics

6933up15.wmf

Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C/77°F)

6933up13.tif

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up16.wmf 6933up14.tif

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams • Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH. • Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214 mm (8.43"); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77"). • Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 lbs). • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 6.5 m. • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: ~ 102% 25°C: ~ 100% 0°C: ~ 85% • Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 5.0 A: 100.0 AH. 5 hr @ 16.0 A: 80.0 AH. 1 hr @ 60.0 A: 60.0 AH. 1 C @ 100.0 A: 50.0 AH. • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. • Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). • Maximum charging current: 30 A. • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%. Page 8 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

6933ub1280.jpg

6933ub12260.jpg

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

Charging Procedure: UPG Battery Application

Charging method

For standby power source For cycle service

Constant voltage and constant current charging (with current restriction)

Charging time 0.1 CA, Temperature 25°C (h) Charging compensation Maximum charging voltage at coefficient of current 100% 50% 25°C (V/cell) charging voltage (CA) discharge discharge (mV/°C/cell) 2.25 ~ 2.30 2.40 ~ 2.50

– 3.3 (–1.8 mV/°F/cell) –5 (–2.8 mV/°F/cell)

0.3 0.3

T³ 24

T³ 20

16 < T < 24 10 < T < 24

Temp (°C)

0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F)

Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range.

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 9 of 10

NOTIFIER® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Batteries display trademarks of the manufacturer. ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 10 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

DN-7001:C1 • A1-380

NOT-BG12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station For FireWarden Series Panels Intelligent/Addressable Devices

General The Notifier NOT-BG12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-action (i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface for FireWarden series intelligent control panels, and the NSP-25 panel. Because the NOT-BG12LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm.

Construction Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonate material with a textured finish.

Specifications • • • • • • •

Shipping Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g) Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SLC loop current: μA. Temperature Range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% (noncondensing) For use indoors in a dry location

Installation The NOT-BG12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the model SB-10 or SB-I/O surface backbox. If the NOT-BG12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG12TR) may be used.

6643cov1.jp

• Maintenance personnel can open station for inspection and address setting without causing an alarm condition. • Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alarm. • Handle latches in down position and the word “ACTIVATED” appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. • Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm² wire). • Can be surface mounted (with SB-10 or SB-I/O) or semiflush mounted. Semi-flush mount to a standard singlegang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. • Smooth dual-action design. • Meets ADAAG controls and operating mechanisms guidelines (Section 4.1.3[13]); meets ADA requirement for 5 lb. maximum activation force. • Highly visible. • Attractive shape and textured finish. • Key reset. • Includes Braille text on station handle. • Optional trim ring (BG12TR). • Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes.

Features

The NOT-BG12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station The BG12TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes).

Operation Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word “ACTIVATED” (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; closing the door automatically resets the switch. Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address settings (1 – 99 on NFW2-100/NFW2-100C, 1 – 50 for NFW-50/NFW50C).

Architectural/Engineering Specifications Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a keyoperated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed of red-colored polycarbonate material with clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB-10 or SB-I/O; or semi-flush mounting on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10 — Page 1 of 2

the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches.

Product Line Information NOT-BG12LX: Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. NOT-BG12LXA: Canadian Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature.

Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S692 (listed for Canadian and non-Canadian applications) • MEA: 67-02-E Vol. IV • CSFM: 7150-0028:0199 • FDNY: • FM Approved Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772; 6,632,108.

SB-10: Surface backbox; metal. SB-I/O: Surface backbox; plastic. BG12TR: Optional trim ring. 17021: Keys, set of two.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10

dn-60429:b

InnovairFlex Intelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector Intelligent Devices

General The Notifier InnovairFlex DNR intelligent non-relay photoelectric duct smoke detector and DNRW watertight non-relay photoelectric duct smoke detector feature a pivoting housing that fits both square and rectangular footprints capable of mounting to a round or rectangular duct. DNRW duct smoke detector, with its NEMA-4 rating, is listed as a watertight, UV resistant enclosure providing protection against falling dirt, rain, and windblown dust, splashing and hose directed water, allowing operators to use the detector in the most extreme environments. These units sense smoke in the most challenging conditions, operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 feet per minute, temperatures of -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F, and a humidity range of 0 to 95 percent (non-condensing.)

intelligent innovairflex.jpg

An improved cover design isolates the sensor head, which allows for ease of maintenance. A cover tamper feature indicates a trouble signal for a removed or improperly installed sensor cover. The Notifier InnovairFlex housing provides a 3/4-inch conduit knockout and ample space to facilitate easy wiring and mounting of a relay module.

Specifications

The Notifier InnovairFlex duct smoke detector can be customized to meet local codes and specifications without additional wiring. The new InnovairFlex product line is compatible with all previous Innovair models, including remote test accessories.

Weight: 1.6 lb (0.73 kg)

Features • Photoelectric, integrated low-flow technology • Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 m/s to 20.32 m/s) • Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configuration • Broad ranges for operating temperature (-4F to 158F) and humidity (0% to 95% non-condensing) • Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the detector with no tools required • Cover tamper signal • Increased wiring space with a newly added 3/4” conduit knockout • Available space within housing to accommodate mounting of a relay module • Easily accessible code wheels on sensor head (sold separately) • Clear cover for convenient visual inspection • Remote testing capability • Requires com line power only • Accommodates the installation of an addressable relay module, sold separately, (FRM-1 or NC-100R) for applications requiring a Form-C relay

Size: (Rectangle) 14.38 in (37 cm) Length; 5 in (12.7 cm) Width, 2.5 in (6.6 cm) Depth Size: (Square) 7.75 in (19.7 cm) Length; 9 in (22.9 cm) Width; 2.5 in (6.35 cm) Depth Operating Temperature Range: -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F (-20 degrees C to 70 degrees C) Storage Temperature Range: -22 degrees F to 158 degrees F (-30 degrees C to 70 degrees C) Operating Humidity Range: 0% to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) Air Duct Velocity: 100 to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 to 20.32 m/s)

Accessories Notifier provides system flexibility with a variety of accessories, including two remote test stations and different means of visible and audible system annunciation. As with our duct smoke detectors, all duct smoke detectors accessories are UL listed. DNR(W)s with a date code of 0013 or higher do not require external 24VDC for remote test applications when used with a remote-test-capable detector.

ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS AT 24 VDC Device

Standby

Alarm

RA100Z

0mA

12 mA Max

RTS151/ RTS151KEY

0mA

12mA Max

dn-60429:b • 03/12/10 — Page 1 of 2

Agency Listings and Approvals Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listed devices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S911 • ULC Listed: S911 • CFSM Listed: 3242-1653:209

Product Line Information NOTE: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model.

DNR(A): Intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow smoke detector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke detector (sold separately). DNRW: Watertight intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow duct smoke detector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke detector (sold separately). NEMA-4. FSP-851: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector. FSP-851R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector. NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector for FireWarden series panels. NP-100R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector for FireWarden series panels. DCOIL: Remote test coil. Required for older DNR(W) duct detector housing. DST1(A): Metal sampling tube duct width up to 1 ft (0.3m) DST1.5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 1 ft to 2 ft (0.3 to 0.6 m) DST3(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 2 ft to 4 ft (0.6 to 1.2 m) DST5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 4 ft to 8 ft (1.2 to 2.4 m) DST10(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 8 ft to 12 ft (2.4 to 3.7 m) DH400OE-1: Weatherproof enclosure ETX: Metal exhaust tube duct, width 1 ft (0.3 m) M02-04-00: Test magnet P48-21-00: End cap for metal sampling tubes RA100Z(A): Remote annunciator alarm LED RTS151(A): Remote test station RTS151KEY(A): Remote test station with key lock

Important Note • DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0013 or higher do not require a DCOIL or auxiliary 24 VDC for remote test applications when used with a remote test capable detector. • DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0012 or earlier require a DCOIL and auxiliary 24 VDC power for remote test applications.

ONYX® and NOTIFIER® are registered trademarks and NOTI•FIRE•NET™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-60429:b • 03/12/10

dn-60383:A2

NC-100R(A) Relay Module for FireWarden Series Panels Addressable

General The NC-100R(A) Addressable Relay Module provides NOTIFIER’s FireWarden Series intelligent control panels with two isolated sets of Form-C dry-contact outputs for activating a variety of auxiliary devices, such as fans, dampers, door holders, control equipment, etc. Addressability allows the dry contact to be activated, either manually or through panel programming, on a select basis.

Features

60379cov.jpg

• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these devices to the control panel. • Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. • Integral LED “blinks” green each time a communication is received from the control panel and turns on in steady when activated. • High noise immunity (EMF/RFI). • Wide viewing angle of LED. • SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease. • Direct Decade entry of address: 01 – 99 with the FireWarden-100-2(C) and 01 – 50 with the FireWarden-50(C).

NC-100R(A)

Applications The NC-100R(A) may be programmed to operate dry contacts for door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to reset four-wire smoke detector power.

Specifications

Construction

Average operating current: 230 μA direct poll (CLIP mode), 255 μA group poll with LED flashing.

• The face plate is made of off-white heat-resistant plastic. • Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of address setting. • The NC-100R(A) provides two Form-C dry contacts that switch together.

Operation Each NC-100R(A) uses one of the addresses on a SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and status. The LED blinks with each poll received. On command, it activates its internal relay. Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. The address may be set before or after mounting. The built-in TYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the control panel.

Normal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum SLC current draw: 6.5 mA (LED).

EOL resistance: not used. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 mm) deep box.

Relay Contact Ratings Load Description

Current Application Maximum Voltage Rating

Resistive

Non-Coded

30 VDC

3.0 A

Resistive

Coded

30 VDC

2.0 A

Resistive

Non-Coded

110 VDC

0.9 A

Resistive

Non-Coded

125 VAC

0.9 A

Inductive (L/R=5ms)

Coded

30 VDC

0.5 A

Inductive (L/R=2ms)

Coded

30 VDC

1.0 A

Inductive (PF=0.35)

Non-Coded

125 VAC

0.5 A

dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10 — Page 1 of 2

Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • • • •

UL/ULC Listed: S635. CSFM approved: file 7300-0028:230. FM approved. MEA approved: file 72-01-E, Vol. 2.

Product Line Information NC-100R: Intelligent addressable relay module. NC-100RA: Intelligent addressable relay module, ULC listed model. SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox. NOTE: For installation instructions, see document I56-2593-001 and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, document 52304.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10

DN-7087:B1

SpectrAlert® Advance Selectable Output Notification Appliances Audio/Visual Devices

Finally, attach the horn, strobe, or horn/strobe to the mounting plate by inserting the product’s tabs in the mounting plate’s grooves. The device will rotate into position, locking the product’s pins into the mounting plate’s terminals. The device will temporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured with a captured mounting screw.

Indoor Wall Horn/Strobe

SpectrAlert Advance products allow you to choose: • 12 or 24 volts. • At 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, or 185 candela by way of a rear-mounted slide switch and front viewing window. • Horn tones and volume by way of a rotary switch. • The SpectrAlert Advance series includes outdoor notification appliances. Outdoor strobes and horn/strobes (twowire and four-wire) are available for wall or ceiling. Outdoor horns are available for wall only. All System Sensor outdoor products are rated between –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and 66°C) in wet or dry applications. Models available: • Indoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horn/strobe. • Indoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horn/strobe. • Outdoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4wire horn/strobe. • Outdoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horn/strobe.

Features • Plug-in design. • Same mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units. • Shorting spring on mounting plate for continuity check before installation. • Captive mounting screw. • Tamper-resistance capability. • Field-selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185. • Automatic selection of 12 or 24 volt operation at 15 and 15/ 75 candela. • Outdoor wall and ceiling products.

7087pho4.jpg

Indoor Ceiling Strobe

7087pho5.jpg

Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the SEMS terminals on the mounting plate.

7087pho3.jpg

More specifically, when installing Advance products, first attach a universal mounting plate to a four-inch square, fourinch octagon, or double-gang junction box. The two-wire mounting plate attaches to a single-gang junction box.

Outdoor Ceiling Strobe

7087pho2.jpg

Indoor Ceiling Horn/Strobe

Indoor Wall Horn

7087pho6.jpg

System Sensor® SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-output horns, strobes and horn/strobes are rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits. The SpectrAlert Advance series of notification appliances is designed to simplify your installations, with features such as: plug-in designs, instant feedback messages to ensure correct installation of individual devices, and eleven field-selectable candela settings for wall and ceiling strobes and horn/strobes.

7087pho1.jpg

General

Outdoor Wall Strobe

• Outdoor products rated from –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and 66°C). • Outdoor products rainproof per UL50 (NEMA 3R) and weatherproof per NEMA 4X, IP56 • Minimal intrusion into the backbox. • Horn rated at 88+ dbA at 16 volts. • Rotary switch for tone selection. • Three horn volume settings. • Electrically compatible with existing SpectrAlert products.

Engineering Specifications SpectrAlert Advance horns, strobes, and horn/strobes shall mount to a standard 4.0" x 4.0" x 1.5" (10.16 x 10.16 x 3.81 cm) backbox, 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal backbox, or a doublegang backbox. Two-wire products shall also mount to a singlegang 2.0" x 4.0" x 1.875" (5.08 x 10.16 x 4.763 cm) backbox. A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance products, when used with the Sync•Circuit™ Module accessory, shall be powered from a non-coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 9 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 17 and 33 volts. Indoor SpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between 32°F and 120°F (0°C and 49°C) from a regulated DC, or full-wave-rectified, unfiltered power supply. Strobes and horn/strobes shall have field-selectable candela settings including 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 1 of 4

STROBE

Operating Specifications

The strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model _______ listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system.

• Standard operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). • K Series operating temperature: –40°F to 151°F (–40°C to 66°C). • Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor products). • Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second. • Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24 VDC/FWR. NOTE: Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a non-regulated, time-varying power source that is used on some power supply and panel outputs. • Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or 16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). NOTE: P, S, PC, and SC products will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75 cd. • Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821 mm²). • Ceiling-mount dimensions (including lens): 6.8" diameter x 2.5" deep (17.3 cm diameter x 6.4 cm deep). • Wall-mount dimensions (including lens): 5.6" H x 4.7" W x 2.5" D (14.2 cm H x 11.9 cm W x 6.4 cm D). • Horn dimensions: 5.6" H x 4.7" W x 1.3" D (14.2 cm H x 11.9 cm W x 3.3 cm D).

HORN/STROBE COMBINATION The horn/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model _______ listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The horn/strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have three audibility options and an option to switch between a Temporal 3 pattern and a Non-Temporal (continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch. On four-wire products, the strobe shall be powered independently of the sounder. The horn on horn/strobe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply.

OUTDOOR PRODUCTS SpectrAlert Advance outdoor horns, strobes and horn/strobes shall be listed for outdoor use by UL and shall operate between –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and 66°C). The products shall be listed for use with a System Sensor outdoor/weatherproof backbox with half-inch and three-fourths-inch conduit entries.

SYNCHRONIZATION MODULE The module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit MDL3R or MDL3W listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at Temporal 3. Also, while operating the strobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn/strobe models over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to a 4.688" x 4.688" x 2.125" (11.906 x 11.906 x 5.398 cm) backbox. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) circuits or one Style Z (Class A) circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy-chaining two or more synchronization modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded power supply.

15 Standard Candela Range

High Candela Range

8 – 17.5 V DC

FWR

The listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert Advance Selectable Output Notification Devices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S4011 (HR__, HW__, P2__, P4__, PC2__, PC4__ models); S5512 (models SCR, SCRH, SCW, SCWH, SR, SRH, SW, SWH); S3593 (SCRHK, SCRK, SRHK, SRK). • ULC Listed: S4011 (HRA, HRKA); S5512 (typically “A” models, with exception of outdoor strobes). See Canadian data sheet for listings and specifications. • FM approved • MEA: 452-05-E • CSFM: 7125-1653:0186 (SCR, SCRH, SCW, SCWH, SR, SRH, SW, SWH); 7300-1653:0188 (P2_, P4_, PC2_, PC4_ modules); 7135-1653:0189 (HR, HRK, HW); 73001653:0187 (SCRHK, SCRK, SRHK, SRK).

Horn Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Strobe Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS) Candela

Agency Listings and Approvals

16 – 33 V DC

FWR

Sound Pattern

8 – 17.5 V DC

FWR

16 – 33 V DC

FWR

123

128

Temporal

High

15/75 142

148

Temporal

Medium

N/A

Temporal

Low

158

153

Non-temporal

High

181

176

Non-temporal

Medium

110

202

195

Non-temporal

Low

115

210

205

Coded

High

135

228

207

Coded

Medium

150

246

220

Coded

Low

177

281

251

185

286

258

Page 2 of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

Horn and Horn/Strobe Output (dBA)

Horn and Horn/Strobe Rotary Switch Setting Setting

Repetition Rate

Temporal horn

Switch Position

dB Level

8 – 17.5 V

Sound Pattern

FW R

High

16 – 33 V DC

FW R

Temporal horn

Medium

Temporal

High

Temporal horn

Low

Temporal

Medium

Normal horn

High

Temporal

Low

Normal horn

Medium

Non-temporal

High

Normal horn

Low

Non-temporal

Medium

Externally coded

High

Non-temporal

Low

Externally coded

Medium

Coded

High

Externally coded

Low

Coded

Medium

Coded

Low

*NOTE: Settings 7, 8, and 9 are not available on 2-wire horn/strobe.

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, STANDARD Candela Range (15 – 115 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS) 8 – 17.5 V

Input, Sound Pattern, dB Level

15/75

16 – 33 V 15

15/75

110

115

DC Input, Temporal, High

137

147

107

176

194

212

218

DC Input, Temporal, Medium

132

144

157

182

201

210

DC Input, Temporal, Low

132

143

154

179

198

207

DC Input, Non-temporal, High

141

152

100

116

176

201

221

229

DC Input, Non-temporal, Medium

133

145

102

163

187

207

216

DC Input, Non-temporal, Low

131

144

156

182

201

210

FWR Input, Temporal, High

136

155

112

168

190

210

218

FWR Input, Temporal, Medium

129

152

103

160

184

202

206

FWR Input, Temporal, Low

129

151

101

160

184

194

201

FWR Input, Non-temporal, High

142

161

103

112

126

181

203

221

229

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Medium 134

155

110

166

189

208

216

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Low

154

105

161

184

202

211

132

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, HIGH Candela Range (135 – 185 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS) 16 – 33 V

DC Input

135 150 177 185

16 – 33 V

FWR Input

135 150 177 185

DC, Temporal, High

245

259

290

297

FWR, Temporal, High

215

231

258

265

DC, Temporal, Medium

235

253

288

297

FWR, Temporal, Medium

209

224

250

258

DC, Temporal, Low

232

251

282

292

FWR, Temporal, Low

207

221

248

256

DC, Non-temporal, High

255

270

303

309

FWR, Non-temporal, High

233

248

275

281

DC, Non-temporal, Medium

242

259

293

299

FWR, Non-temporal, Medium

219

232

262

267

DC, Non-temporal, Low

238

254

291

295

FWR, Non-temporal, Low

214

229

256

262

7087dim12009.tif

4.7”

6.8”

2.5

5.6”

2.5”

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 3 of 4

Ordering Information Model

Description

Model

Description

WALL HORN/STROBES

CEILING HORN/STROBES

P2R

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

PC2R

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

P2RH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

PC2RH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

P2RK

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

PC2RK

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

P2RHK

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

PC2RHK

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

P2W

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

PC2W

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

P2WH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

PC2WH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

P4R

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

PC4R

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

P4RH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

PC4RH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

P4RK

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

PC4RK

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

P4RHK

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

PC4RHK

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

P4W

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

PC4W

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

P4WH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

PC4WH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

WALL STROBES

CEILING STROBES

Strobe, standard cd, red.

SCR

Strobe, standard cd, red.

SRH

Strobe, high cd, red.

SCRH

Strobe, high cd, red.

SRK

Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SCRK

Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SRHK

Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

SCRHK

Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

Strobe, standard cd, white.

SCW

Strobe, standard cd, white.

SWH

Strobe, high cd, white.

SCWH

Strobe, high cd, white.

ACCESSORIES

HORNS

BBS-2A

Backbox skirt, wall, red.

Horn, red.

BBSW-2A

Backbox skirt, wall, white.

HRK

Horn, red, outdoor.

BBSC-2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, red.

Horn, white.

BBSCW2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, white.

ACCESSORIES, continued

SA-WBB

Weatherproof backbox, wall.

MP-2W-20BP

SA-WBBC

Weatherproof backbox, ceiling. cont’d at right MPK-2W-20BP 2-wire outdoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

2-wire indoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

1. “High cd” refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela settings. “Standard cd” refers to strobes that include 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, and 115 candela settings. 2. For strobes and horn/strobes, add suffix “F” for French or “B” for Bilingual. 3. All outdoor models (“K” suffix) include weatherproof backbox.

Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark and NOTIFIER® and SpectrAlert® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

dn-7114:c • A1-65

N-ANN-80 80-Character LCD Serial Annunciator Annunciators

General

The N-ANN-80 displays English-language text of system point information including device type, zone, independent point alarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any custom alpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes control switches for remote control of critical system functions. (A keyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the control switches.)

7114cov.jpg

The N-ANN-80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-character LCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced conditions. The N-ANN-80 and the FACP communicate over a twowire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communication format. Connected devices are powered, via two additional wires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL-listed, filtered power supply. N-ANN-80 is black; for white order N-ANN-80-W.

Up to eight N-ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS of each FACP. Minimal programming is required, which saves time during system commissioning. The N-ANN-80 is compatible with NOTIFIER FACPs with an ANN-BUS, such as the NFW-50.

Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines). Mimics all display information from the host panel. Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence, Drill, and Reset. Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled at the FACP. Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechanically locks annunciator enclosure Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. Enclosure supervised for tamper. System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silence. Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. N-ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the FACP and requires minimal panel programming. Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trouble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels. Time-and date display field. Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Semi-flush mount to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Use ANN-SB80KIT for angled view mounting. Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the panel. Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs. May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote power supply (requires 24 VDC). Up to eight N-ANN-80s can be connected on the ANN-BUS.

Controls and Indicators • AC Power • Alarm

• Trouble • Supervisory • Alarm Silenced

Specifications • Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC. • Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and nonresettable): 40 mA maximum. • Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). • Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). • 5.375” (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875” (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375” (3.49 cm.) deep. • For use indoors in a dry location. • All connections are power-limited and supervised.

Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the N-ANN-80. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.

• • • •

UL: S635 FM approved CSFM: 7120-0028:240 MEA: 442-06-E Vol. 2

The ANN-BUS POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN-BUS FROM AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY The ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supply when the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds the ANN-BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for more information.

dn-7114:c • 5/22/09 — Page 1 of 2

ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSING Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the FACP manual for more information.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUIT The N-ANN-80 connects to the FACP ANN-BUS communications circuit. To determine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessory modules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated by adding the individual worst case currents for each module. NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUS refer to appropriate FACP manual.

After calculating the total worst case current draw, the following table specifies the maximum distance the modules can be located from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is limited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maximum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used. See table below.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT • 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power circuit is acceptable. • All connections are power-limited and supervised. • A maximum of eight N-ANN-80 modules may be connected to this circuit.

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps)

22 Gauge

18 Gauge

16 Gauge

14 Gauge

0.100

1,852 ft.

4,688 ft.

* 6,000 ft.

*6,000 ft.

0.200

926 ft.

2,344 ft.

3,731 ft.

5,906 ft.

0.300

617 ft.

1,563 ft.

2,488 ft.

3,937 ft.

0.400

463 ft.

1,172 ft.

1,866 ft.

2,953 ft.

0.500

370 ft.

938 ft.

1,493 ft.

2,362 ft.

0.600

309 ft.

781 ft.

1,244 ft.

1,969 ft.

0.700

265 ft.

670 ft.

1,066 ft.

1,687 ft.

0.800

231 ft.

586 ft.

933 ft.

1,476 ft.

0.900

206 ft.

521 ft.

829 ft.

1,312 ft.

1.000 (max.)

185 ft.

469 ft.

746 ft.

1,181 ft.

WIRING CONFIGURATION

ORDERING OPTIONS:

The following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN-BUS devices.

N-ANN-80: Black 80 character LCD Annunciator.

ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited.

N-ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-SB80KIT-B: Black surface mount backbox with angled wedge. ANN-SB80KIT-W: White surface mount backbox with angled wedge.

ANN-BUS Device

NFW-50

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-7114:c • 5/22/09

RETUR

CLICK ON DEVICE TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

RETURN

SUBMITTAL Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire Alarm System November 15, 2010 Project:

Ball Memorial Hospital Sleep Lab Muncie, Indiana

Electrical Contractor:

Energy Management Design, Inc. Muncie, Indiana

Electronic System Subcontractor:

Fairchild Communication Systems, Inc. Indianapolis, Indiana

Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Fire Alarm System Principal Manufacturers: Notifier 2.2

FACP Notifier # NFW2-100 Reference: DN-60602:A

2.2.L

Secondary Power Batteries Notifer # BAT-12xxx Reference: DN-6933:A1

2.3

Manual Fire Alarm Boxes Notifer # NOT-BG12LX Reference: DN-7001:C1

2.4.D

Duct SmokeDetectors Notifer # DNR Reference: dn-60429:b

2.4.D.10

Relay Fan Shutdown Notifer # NC-100R Reference: dn-60383:A2

2.5.A.1

Notification Appliances Combination Devices Notifer # P2R Reference: DN-7087:B1

2.5.C

Visible Alarm Devices Notifer # SR Reference: DN-7087:B1

2.6

Remote Annunciator Notifer # N-ANN-80 Reference: dn-7114:c 16851 - 1

RETURN

SUBMITTAL Section 16851 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fire Alarm System Drawings (Provided under separate cover) Installation Notes (Shown on Drawings) End

16851 - 2

RETURN

DN-60602:A

FireWarden-100-2(E) Rev 3 Intelligent Addressable FACP with Built-In Communciator Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

7101cov.jpg

RETURN • Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting. • Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savings control. • Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant). • History file with 1,000-event capacity. • Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accumulation is excessive. • Automatic device type-code verification. • One person audible or silent walk test with walk-test log and printout. • Point trouble identification. • Waterflow (nonsilenceable) selection per monitor point. • System alarm verification selection per detector point. • PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and presignal delay per point (NFPA 72 compliant). NOTE: Only detectors may participate in PAS.

User Interface LED INDICATORS • AC Power (green) • Fire Alarm (red)

Page 2 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

• • • • • • •

Supervisory (yellow) Alarm Silenced (yellow) System Trouble (yellow) Maintenance/Presignal (yellow) Disabled (yellow) Battery Fault (yellow) Ground Fault (yellow)

KEYPAD CONTROLS • • • • • • •

Acknowledge/Step Alarm Silence Drill System Reset (lamp test) 16-key alpha-numeric pad (similar to telephone keypad) 4 cursor keys Enter

RETURN Teldat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IP. (See data sheet DN-60408 for more information.)

NH-100H: Fixed high-temperature detector that activates at 190F/88C.

IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclosure.

NP-A100: Addressable low-profile multi-sensor detector.

IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allows connection of both panel dialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 3 of 6

RETURN

ANN-BUS DEVICES N-ANN-80, N-ANN-LED, N-ANN-S/PG, N-ANN-I/O

FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 Fire Alarm Control/ Communicator

ANN-BUS or EIA-485 in ACS mode (two wires)

SMOKE DETECTORS NP-100, NP-100T, NI-100, NP-A100

24 VDC Optional REVERSE POLARITY/ CITY BOX OUTPUT (4XTM) ANNUNCIATORS ACS/ACM, LDM NOTE: System can use either ANN-BUS devices OR ACS-mode annunciators. They cannot be used simultaneously.

8 FORM-C, 5-AMP RELAYS (optional, order ACM-8R)

NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits) BELLS, SIGNALS, STROBES

EIA-232 INTERFACE (PIM-24) built into the motherboard

PRINTER

60417sys2009.wmf

EIA-485 INTERFACE (four wires)

Page 4 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

HEAT DETECTORS NH-100, NH-100R, NH-100H

DUCT DETECTORS ND-100, ND-100R, DNR

MONITOR/CONTROL NMM-100, NZM-100, NDM-100, N100-ISO, NC-100, NC-100R

ADDRESSABLE MULTI-MODULE NZM-100-6, NMM-100-10

NOTE: System can use either the printer OR the FDU-80. They cannot be used simultaneously. 24 VDC MINI-MONITOR NMM-100P

FDU-80 Up to 6,000 ft. (1825.8 m) between each FDU-80 in the EIA-485 loop, and between each FDU-80 and the FACP.

PULL STATION NOT-BG12LX

RETURN

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 5 of 6

RETURN

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS System Capacity

Shipping Specifications

• • • • •

Weight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00” (50.80 cm.) high x 22.5” (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5” (21.59 cm.) deep.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 6 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

RETURN

DN-6933:A1 • E-205

BAT Series Batteries Sealed Lead-Acid or Gell Cell Power Supplies .

Features • • • • •

6933cov.jpg

Part Number Reference CURRENT Part Number

BATTERY DESCRIPTION

ALTERNATES APPROVED: manufacturers and P/Ns shipped under BAT P/Ns

BAT-1250

12 V, 5 AH, sealed.

BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).

BAT-1250

12 V, 5 AH, sealed.

BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).

BAT-1270

12 V, 7 AH, sealed.

BP7-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1270 (Power-Sonic); SA1272 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1270 (UPG).

BAT-12120

12 V, 12 AH, sealed.

BP12-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12120 (Power-Sonic); SA12120 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12120 (UPG).

BAT-12180

12 V, 18 AH, sealed.

PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG).

BAT-12180

12 V, 18 AH, sealed.

PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG).

BAT-12260

12 V, 26 AH, sealed.

BP26-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12260 (Power-Sonic); SA12260 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12260 (UPG).

BAT-12550

12 V, 55 AH, sealed.

PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG).

BAT-12550

12 V, 55 AH, sealed.

PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG).

BAT-121000

12 V, 100 AH, gell cell.

PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSA121000A (Jolt) to be replaced with UB121000 (UPG).

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 1 of 10

RETURN

POWER-SONIC

1109t1.tbl

Part Number Reference

MODEL

Nominal Discharge Nominal Capacity Current Voltage V @ 20 hr. @20 hr. rate A.H. rate mA

PS-1250 12

250

DIMENSIONS Width in. 3.54

mm 90

Depth in. 2.76

mm 70

Height in. 4.02

mm 102

Height over terminal in. 4.21

mm 107

Weight lb. 4.1

kg. 1.9

PS-1270 12

325

5.94

151

2.56

3.7

3.86

5.7

2.6

PS-12120 12

600

5.94

151

3.86

3.7

3.86

8.8

PS-12180 12

875

7.13

181

2.99

6.57

167

6.57

167

12.8

5.8

PS-12250 12

1300

6.89

175

6.54

166

4.92

125

4.92

125

18.7

8.5

PS-12550 12

3000

10.25

260

6.6

168

8.2

208

9.45

240

39.7

PS-121000 12

100

5000

305

6.6

168

8.2

208

9.45

240

65.7

29.8

Effect of Temperature on Capacity

1109grf2.wmf

1109grf1.tif

Characteristic Discharge Curves

1109grf3.wmf

at left: PS-121000 Shelf-Life and Storage

1109grf4.wmf

at left: PS-1210000 Discharge Characteristics

Page 2 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

RETURN B & B BATTERY Terminal Nominal Capacity (AH) Model

Standard 20 hr

10 hr

5 hr

Dimensions

Weight

1 hr

lbs

Type

Pos.

Optional Type

Pos.

L mm

W in

BP5-12

5.00

4.75

4.25

3.00

1.86 4.10

3.54

2.76

102

4.02

106

4.17

BP7-12

7.00

6.65

5.95

4.20

2.60 5.73

151

5.94

2.56

3.66

3.86

BP12-12

12.00

11.40

10.20

7.20

4.03 8.89

151

5.94

3.86

3.70

3.86

BP26-12

26.00

24.70

22.10

15.60

9.40 20.73

T2.I1

175

6.89

166

6.54

125

4.92

125

4.92

Application

Charging method

For standby power source For cycle service

Constant voltage and constant current charging (with current restriction)

2.25 ~ 2.30

–3

0.3

2.40 ~ 2.50

–4

0.3

Temp (°C)

0 – 40°C (32 ~104°F)

Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range. Discharge Time: for Model BP5-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

10 hr

20 hr

5.62

2.94

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP5-12 10.80 V

180.8

133.1

106.6

63.5

36.39 14.57

10.05

10.50 V

209.2

144.2

111.5

65.9

37.48 14.87

10.20

5.70

3.00

10.20 V

222.3

149.4

115.0

67.4

38.16 15.00

10.26

5.73

3.01

9.90 V

232.3

152.9

117.6

68.3

38.61 15.10

10.29

5.75

3.02

9.60 V

240.0

156.0

120.0

69.0

39.0 15.20

10.32

5.75

3.02

10 hr

20 hr

7.86

4.11

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP5-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP7-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP7-12 10.80 V

253.1

186.3

149.3

88.8

50.95 20.40

14.07

10.50 V

292.9

201.8

156.2

92.2

52.47 20.81

14.28

7.98

4.20

10.20 V

311.2

209.1

161.0

94.3

53.42 21.00

14.36

8.02

4.22

9.90 V

325.2

214.1

164.7

95.6

54.06 21.15

14.41

8.04

4.23

9.60 V

336.0

218.4

168.0

96.6

54.60 21.27

14.45

8.04

4.23

10 hr

20 hr

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP7-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP12-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP12-12 10.80 V

433.9

319.4

256.0

152.3

87.34 34.98

24.12

13.48

7.05

10.50 V

502.2

346.0

267.7

158.1

89.96 35.68

24.48

13.68

7.20

10.20 V

533.6

358.5

276.0

161.7

91.57 36.00

24.61

13.75

7.23

9.90 V

557.5

367.1

282.4

164.0

92.67 36.25

24.70

13.79

7.25

9.60 V

576.0

374.4

288.0

165.6

93.60 36.47

24.77

13.79

7.25

10 hr

20 hr

29.20

15.26

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP12-12

Discharge Time: for Model BP26-12 Final Voltage

5 min

10 min

15 min

30 min

1 hr

3 hr

5 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP26-12 10.80 V

940.0

692.0

554.6

330.0

189.23 75.79

52.25

10.50 V

1088.0

749.7

580.0

342.5

194.91 77.30

53.04

29.64

15.60

10.20 V

1156.0

776.7

598.0

350.3

198.41 78.00

53.33

29.79

15.67

9.90 V

1208.0

795.3

611.8

355.2

200.79 78.54

53.52

29.88

15.71

9.60 V

1248.0

811.2

624.0

358.8

202.80 79.01

53.68

29.88

15.71

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP26-12

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 3 of 10

RETURN

B & B BATTERY BP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP7-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP05dis.tif

BP12-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP07dis.tif

BP26-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP12dis.tif

BP26dis.tif

BP05-12

BP26-12

Page 4 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

6933bp26.jpg

6933bp12.jpg

6933bp05.jpg

BP12-12

RETURN

UPG BATTERY UB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA1250; SA1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending).

UB1250 (previously SA1250) Diagrams

SA1272 Diagrams

UB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time

SA1272 discharge current vs. time

6933up01.tif

6933up03.tif

UB1250/SA1250 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up02.tif

6933up04.tif

UB1250, SA1250 Specifications

SA1272 Specifications

RETURN

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12120 (was SA12120) Diagrams

UB12180 (was SA12180) Diagrams

UB12120/SA12120 discharge current vs. time

UB12180/SA12180 discharge current vs. time

6933up05.tif

6933up07.tif

UB12120/SA12120 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB12180/SA12180 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up06.tif

6933up08.tif

UB12120, SA12120 Specifications

UB12180, SA12180 Specifications

Maximum charging current: 3.6 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 12 months: ~ 70%. Page 6 of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

RETURN

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12260 (was SA12260) Diagrams

UB12550 (was SA12550) Diagrams

UB12260/SA12260 discharge current vs. time

UB12550/SA12550 discharge current vs. time

6933up09.tif

6933up11.tif

UB12260/SA12260 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB12550/SA12550 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up10.tif

6933up12.tif

UB12260, SA12260 Specifications

UB12550, SA12550 Specifications

RETURN

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams

UPG Summary Diagrams

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge current vs. time

Summary discharge characteristics

6933up15.wmf

Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C/77°F)

6933up13.tif

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

6933up16.wmf 6933up14.tif

6933ub1280.jpg

6933ub12260.jpg

RETURN

UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

Charging Procedure: UPG Battery Application

Charging method

For standby power source For cycle service

Constant voltage and constant current charging (with current restriction)

– 3.3 (–1.8 mV/°F/cell) –5 (–2.8 mV/°F/cell)

0.3 0.3

T³ 24

T³ 20

16 < T < 24 10 < T < 24

Temp (°C)

0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F)

Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range.

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 9 of 10

RETURN

DN-7001:C1 • A1-380

NOT-BG12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station For FireWarden Series Panels Intelligent/Addressable Devices

Construction Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonate material with a textured finish.

Specifications • • • • • • •

6643cov1.jp

Features

The NOT-BG12LX Addressable Manual Pull Station The BG12TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4" (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes).

RETURN the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the control panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches.

Product Line Information NOT-BG12LX: Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. NOT-BG12LXA: Canadian Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature.

SB-10: Surface backbox; metal. SB-I/O: Surface backbox; plastic. BG12TR: Optional trim ring. 17021: Keys, set of two.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10

RETURN

dn-60429:b

InnovairFlex Intelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector Intelligent Devices

intelligent innovairflex.jpg

Specifications

Weight: 1.6 lb (0.73 kg)

ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS AT 24 VDC Device

Standby

Alarm

RA100Z

0mA

12 mA Max

RTS151/ RTS151KEY

0mA

12mA Max

dn-60429:b • 03/12/10 — Page 1 of 2

RETURN Agency Listings and Approvals Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listed devices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • UL Listed: S911 • ULC Listed: S911 • CFSM Listed: 3242-1653:209

Product Line Information NOTE: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-60429:b • 03/12/10

RETURN

dn-60383:A2

NC-100R(A) Relay Module for FireWarden Series Panels Addressable

Features

60379cov.jpg

NC-100R(A)

Applications The NC-100R(A) may be programmed to operate dry contacts for door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to reset four-wire smoke detector power.

Specifications

Construction

Average operating current: 230 μA direct poll (CLIP mode), 255 μA group poll with LED flashing.

Normal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum SLC current draw: 6.5 mA (LED).

Relay Contact Ratings Load Description

Current Application Maximum Voltage Rating

Resistive

Non-Coded

30 VDC

3.0 A

Resistive

Coded

30 VDC

2.0 A

Resistive

Non-Coded

110 VDC

0.9 A

Resistive

Non-Coded

125 VAC

0.9 A

Inductive (L/R=5ms)

Coded

30 VDC

0.5 A

Inductive (L/R=2ms)

Coded

30 VDC

1.0 A

Inductive (PF=0.35)

Non-Coded

125 VAC

0.5 A

dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10 — Page 1 of 2

RETURN Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. • • • •

UL/ULC Listed: S635. CSFM approved: file 7300-0028:230. FM approved. MEA approved: file 72-01-E, Vol. 2.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10

RETURN

DN-7087:B1

SpectrAlert® Advance Selectable Output Notification Appliances Audio/Visual Devices

Indoor Wall Horn/Strobe

7087pho4.jpg

Indoor Ceiling Strobe

7087pho5.jpg

Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the SEMS terminals on the mounting plate.

7087pho3.jpg

Outdoor Ceiling Strobe

7087pho2.jpg

Indoor Ceiling Horn/Strobe

Indoor Wall Horn

7087pho6.jpg

7087pho1.jpg

General

Outdoor Wall Strobe

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 1 of 4

RETURN STROBE

Operating Specifications

15 Standard Candela Range

High Candela Range

8 – 17.5 V DC

FWR

Horn Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Strobe Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS) Candela

Agency Listings and Approvals

16 – 33 V DC

FWR

Sound Pattern

8 – 17.5 V DC

FWR

16 – 33 V DC

FWR

123

128

Temporal

High

15/75 142

148

Temporal

Medium

N/A

Temporal

Low

158

153

Non-temporal

High

181

176

Non-temporal

Medium

110

202

195

Non-temporal

Low

115

210

205

Coded

High

135

228

207

Coded

Medium

150

246

220

Coded

Low

177

281

251

185

286

258

Page 2 of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

RETURN Horn and Horn/Strobe Output (dBA)

Horn and Horn/Strobe Rotary Switch Setting Setting

Repetition Rate

Temporal horn

Switch Position

dB Level

8 – 17.5 V

Sound Pattern

FW R

High

16 – 33 V DC

FW R

Temporal horn

Medium

Temporal

High

Temporal horn

Low

Temporal

Medium

Normal horn

High

Temporal

Low

Normal horn

Medium

Non-temporal

High

Normal horn

Low

Non-temporal

Medium

Externally coded

High

Non-temporal

Low

Externally coded

Medium

Coded

High

Externally coded

Low

Coded

Medium

Coded

Low

*NOTE: Settings 7, 8, and 9 are not available on 2-wire horn/strobe.

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, STANDARD Candela Range (15 – 115 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS) 8 – 17.5 V

Input, Sound Pattern, dB Level

15/75

16 – 33 V 15

15/75

110

115

DC Input, Temporal, High

137

147

107

176

194

212

218

DC Input, Temporal, Medium

132

144

157

182

201

210

DC Input, Temporal, Low

132

143

154

179

198

207

DC Input, Non-temporal, High

141

152

100

116

176

201

221

229

DC Input, Non-temporal, Medium

133

145

102

163

187

207

216

DC Input, Non-temporal, Low

131

144

156

182

201

210

FWR Input, Temporal, High

136

155

112

168

190

210

218

FWR Input, Temporal, Medium

129

152

103

160

184

202

206

FWR Input, Temporal, Low

129

151

101

160

184

194

201

FWR Input, Non-temporal, High

142

161

103

112

126

181

203

221

229

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Medium 134

155

110

166

189

208

216

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Low

154

105

161

184

202

211

132

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, HIGH Candela Range (135 – 185 cd), UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS) 16 – 33 V

DC Input

135 150 177 185

16 – 33 V

FWR Input

135 150 177 185

DC, Temporal, High

245

259

290

297

FWR, Temporal, High

215

231

258

265

DC, Temporal, Medium

235

253

288

297

FWR, Temporal, Medium

209

224

250

258

DC, Temporal, Low

232

251

282

292

FWR, Temporal, Low

207

221

248

256

DC, Non-temporal, High

255

270

303

309

FWR, Non-temporal, High

233

248

275

281

DC, Non-temporal, Medium

242

259

293

299

FWR, Non-temporal, Medium

219

232

262

267

DC, Non-temporal, Low

238

254

291

295

FWR, Non-temporal, Low

214

229

256

262

7087dim12009.tif

4.7”

6.8”

2.5

5.6”

2.5”

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 3 of 4

RETURN Ordering Information Model

Description

Model

Description

WALL HORN/STROBES

CEILING HORN/STROBES

P2R

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

PC2R

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

P2RH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

PC2RH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

P2RK

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

PC2RK

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

P2RHK

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

PC2RHK

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

P2W

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

PC2W

2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

P2WH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

PC2WH

2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

P4R

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

PC4R

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

P4RH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

PC4RH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

P4RK

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

PC4RK

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

P4RHK

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

PC4RHK

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

P4W

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

PC4W

4-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

P4WH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

PC4WH

4-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.

WALL STROBES

CEILING STROBES

Strobe, standard cd, red.

SCR

Strobe, standard cd, red.

SRH

Strobe, high cd, red.

SCRH

Strobe, high cd, red.

SRK

Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SCRK

Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SRHK

Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

SCRHK

Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

Strobe, standard cd, white.

SCW

Strobe, standard cd, white.

SWH

Strobe, high cd, white.

SCWH

Strobe, high cd, white.

ACCESSORIES

HORNS

BBS-2A

Backbox skirt, wall, red.

Horn, red.

BBSW-2A

Backbox skirt, wall, white.

HRK

Horn, red, outdoor.

BBSC-2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, red.

Horn, white.

BBSCW2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, white.

ACCESSORIES, continued

SA-WBB

Weatherproof backbox, wall.

MP-2W-20BP

SA-WBBC

Weatherproof backbox, ceiling. cont’d at right MPK-2W-20BP 2-wire outdoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

2-wire indoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

RETURN

dn-7114:c • A1-65

N-ANN-80 80-Character LCD Serial Annunciator Annunciators

General

7114cov.jpg

Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Controls and Indicators • AC Power • Alarm

• Trouble • Supervisory • Alarm Silenced

• • • •

UL: S635 FM approved CSFM: 7120-0028:240 MEA: 442-06-E Vol. 2

dn-7114:c • 5/22/09 — Page 1 of 2

RETURN ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSING Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the FACP manual for more information.

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps)

22 Gauge

18 Gauge

16 Gauge

14 Gauge

0.100

1,852 ft.

4,688 ft.

* 6,000 ft.

*6,000 ft.

0.200

926 ft.

2,344 ft.

3,731 ft.

5,906 ft.

0.300

617 ft.

1,563 ft.

2,488 ft.

3,937 ft.

0.400

463 ft.

1,172 ft.

1,866 ft.

2,953 ft.

0.500

370 ft.

938 ft.

1,493 ft.

2,362 ft.

0.600

309 ft.

781 ft.

1,244 ft.

1,969 ft.

0.700

265 ft.

670 ft.

1,066 ft.

1,687 ft.

0.800

231 ft.

586 ft.

933 ft.

1,476 ft.

0.900

206 ft.

521 ft.

829 ft.

1,312 ft.

1.000 (max.)

185 ft.

469 ft.

746 ft.

1,181 ft.

WIRING CONFIGURATION

ORDERING OPTIONS:

The following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN-BUS devices.

N-ANN-80: Black 80 character LCD Annunciator.

ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited.

N-ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-SB80KIT-B: Black surface mount backbox with angled wedge. ANN-SB80KIT-W: White surface mount backbox with angled wedge.

ANN-BUS Device

NFW-50

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118. www.notifier.com Page 2 of 2 — dn-7114:c • 5/22/09

FIXTURE TYPE EXIT MANUFACTURE: SURE-LITES DESCRIPTION: EXIT LIGHT PART # AP6 0 R W 120 LAMPS: LED WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN

SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

DESCRIPTION

COOPER LIGHTING - SURE-LITES ®

The All Pro Series exit (AP60/70) is the most economical LED exit for general purpose applications. The durable, injection molded, thermoplastic material resists discoloration due to UV radiation and the energy efﬁcient, low maintenance LED's provide bright illumination. All AP series exits offer universal conﬁgurations (single and double face) and have universal mounting capability (ceiling, wall, end).

Type

Catalog #

EXIT

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

S P E C I F I C AT I O N F E AT U R E S

construction to facilitate under 5-minute installation - Reinforcing ribs throughout to provide maximum strength - Molded-in wireways facilitate internal wire routing and connections - All components including battery and electronics are located inside the exit housing - Snap-out or snap-in chevron directional indicators have full 3/4" stroke - Universal exits can be field configured as single face or double face - Snap-fit canopy with mounting screws included with all exits - Exit can be ceiling, wall, or end mounted - Universal J-box mounting pattern

E l e c t ri c a l

- Dual Voltage Input 120/277 VAC, 60Hz - Solid-state Voltage Limited charger (AP70) - Brownout circuit (AP70) Test Switch/Power Indicator Light (AP70) B a tte r y ( A P 7 0 )

- Sealed Nickel Cadmium - Maintenance-free, Long-life - Full recharge time, 24 hrs. (max.) H o u s i n g C o n s t ru c t i o n

- All components are injectionmolded, color stable, high impact thermoplastic material - Designer white textured ﬁnish standard - Components are of snap-ﬁt

L a m p Da t a

- AC LED: Long-life LED lamps provide uniform diffused illumination - DC: LED DC lamps (Brighter in emergency mode, AP70) Code Compliance

- UL 924 Listed - Damp Location - Life Safety NFPA 101 - NEC/OSHA - Most State and Local Codes Wa rra n t y

- Exit: 5-Year - Battery: 15-Year, pro-rata (Nickel Cadmium, AP70)

AP SERIES

4 5/16” [109.53mm]

T H E R M O P L AST I C E X I T AC O N LY S E L F P OW E R E D EMERGENCY LED LAMPS EXIT LIGHTING

4 3/4” [120.65mm]

7 1/2” [190mm]

11/16” [17.46.mm]

1 7/8” [47.62mm]

11 13/16” [300mm]

ORDERING INFORMATION

ENERGY D ATA

Family =AC only LED, All Pro Exit AP6=AC

Letter Colors =Red R=Red

AP7=Self-Powered with LED, All Pro Exit

G=Green

Face Options =Universal 0=Universal

Voltage __=120 / 277V Accessories

Housing Finish __=White

Protective Housing VS=Polycarbonate Vandal Shield3 WG=Wire Guard4

Battery __=Nickel Cadmium1

Notes:

1 Nickel Cadmium for AP70 only. 2 Order separately. 3 Choose polycarbonate vandal shield desired from accessories sheet. 4 Choose size of wire guard from accessories sheet.

Speciﬁcations and dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your representative for additional options and ﬁnishes.

Sealed Nickel

ENERGY D ATA

Cadmium Battery

AC Only

LED Exits - Red

Input Power:

120V = 2.3W

120V = 2.0W

277V = 2.3W

277V = 2.0W

Input Current (Max.):

120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .8

277V = > .8

LED Exits - Green

Input Power:

120V = 2.0W

120V = 1.3W

277V = 2.0W

277V = 1.2W

Input Current (Max.):

120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .8

120V = > .7

277V = > .8

277V = > .7

ADX041751 pc 2010-08-18 11:37:42

T E C H N I C A L DATA

AP SERIES

RETURN

Lamps

Lens

S e a l e d N i cke l C a d m i u m B a tte r y ( A P 7 0 )

Self-Powered LED versions of the All Pro Emergency Series Exits use energy efﬁcient, long life LEDs to provide uniform diffuse illumination of the exit face. Both the red and green LEDs require no maintenance and consume a total of 3.0 watts. The low operating costs and zero maintenance requirement makes LED lamps the wisest choice for exit signs today. Emergency illumination is provided by LED lamps.

Lenses for Self-powered versions of the All Pro Series Exits are made from durable impact resistant thermoplastic. All exit faces are designed with full 3/4” stroke snap-out or snapin chevron directional indicators to insure maximum visibility and compliance with the latest codes.

All Pro Emergency sealed nickel cadmium batteries are maintenance free with a life expectancy of 15 years. The sealed rechargeable nickel cadmium battery offers high discharge rates and stable performance over a wide range of temperatures. The specially designed resealable vent automatically controls cell pressure, assuring safety and reliability. This battery is best suited for harsh ambient temperatures because the electrolyte is not active in the electrochemical process.

H o u s i n g C o n s t ru c t i o n

Rugged, durable, injection molded thermoplastic materials are used throughout the All Pro Emergency Series Exits. All structural components are designed with reinforcing ribs to add additional rigidity and to maximize structural integrity. These materials are impact and scratch resistant, and they have been UV stabilized to resist discoloration due to age and ultraviolet radiation. All components are designed to be of snap-fit construction - no mechanical fasteners - to facilitate installation in under 5-minutes. Any components required for installation (wirenuts, wire leads, universal metal J-box bracket, etc.) are all included with each exit. The universal design of the All Pro Series Exits enables universal exits to be configured as single face or double face in the field. All Self-Powered All Pro Series Exits can be wall, ceiling, or end mounted; a rugged, snap-fit, low profile canopy with captive screws is included with every exit for ceiling and end mounting applications.

S o l i d - S t a te C h a rge r ( A P 7 0 )

Supplied with a 120/277 VAC, voltage regulated solid-state charger. Immediately upon restoration of AC current after a power failure, the charger provides a high charge rate. The charge circuit reacts to the condition of the battery and regulates the charging process in order to maintain peak battery capacity and maximize battery life. Solid-state construction recharges the battery following a power failure in accordance with UL 924.

Wa rra n t y

The All Pro Series exit signs are backed by a ﬁrm (5) year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. In addition, the sealed nickel cadmium batteries carry a (15) year pro-rata warranty.

B row n o u t C i rc u i t ( A P 7 0 )

The brownout circuit on All Pro exits monitors the ﬂow of AC current to the exit and activates the emergency lighting system when a predetermined reduction of AC power occurs. This dip in voltage will cause most ballasted ﬁxtures to extinguish causing loss of normal lighting even though a total power failure has not occurred. Te s t Sw i t ch / Powe r I n d i c a to r L i g h t ( A P 7 0 )

A test switch located on the side of the exit permits the activation of the emergency circuit for a complete operational systems check. The Power Indicator Light provides visual assurance that the AC power is on.

Speciﬁcations and dimensions subject to change without notice. Sure-Lites • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801

ADX041751 pc 2010-08-18 11:37:42 2010-08-18 11:08:54

FIXTURE TYPE F1 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X4 STANDARD LENS PART # 2-GR8-332-A-UNV-L8735-EB81 LAMPS: T8 32 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

DESCRIPTION

The GR8 is a T8-dedicated lensed troffer designed to offer premium performance in a low profile housing. T8 dedication and optimized lamp to lens spacing provides the best in energy efficiency and optical control. The GR8’s shallow, low profile housing is compatible with even highly restrictive plenums. Luminaires are compatible with today’s popular ceiling systems.

Catalog #

APPLICATION

Prepared by

Type

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments

EMD

The GR8 offers great performance and great quality. The series is an excellent choice for commercial offices, schools, hospitals, retail merchandising and many other applications. SPECIFICATION FEATURES A…Construction

B…Electrical**

E…Frame/Shielding

Unitized low profile recessed housing is die formed of code gauge prime cold rolled steel with full length stiffeners and mechanical endplate attachment for added strength. Off center, ballast cover is easily removed without tools. Die formed captive lampholder bracket fully encloses lampholder wiring for easy lampholder replacement. Ample KOs are provided for continuous row wiring. Built-in grid-lock feature for safety and convenience. Standard unit is NYC Approved. (No modifications necessary).

Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” and are positively secured by mounting bolts. Pressure lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

Heavy gauge flat steel door is die formed with reinforced mitered corners. Housing and door frame assemblies incorporate full length and width mechanical light traps. Light stabilized, acrylic prismatic lens.

C…Finish

Multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment ensures maximum bonding and rust inhibition. Lighting grade baked white enamel finish with premium reflectance for high efficiency.

2GR8 328T8 332

D…Hinging/Latching

Positive spring loaded cam action steel latches and safety lock Thinges provide secure, high quality door fit and allow hinging and latching from either side.

2' X 4' TROFFER 3 T8 LAMPS

General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

3-3/4" [95mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

ENERGY DATA MOUNTING DATA

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

Input Watts: EB Ballast & STD Lamps 328T8 (67) 332 (91)

3-3/4" [95mm] X=5-3/8" [137mm]

1" [26mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

Luminaire Efficacy Rating LER = FL-68 Catalog Number: 2GR8-332A

2-11/16" [69mm] 1-1/2" [38mm]

3-7/8" [98mm] 5-3/4" [146mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

47-15/16" [1218mm]

*Standard G (Grid) Type Fixtures can be field converted by adding trim kits. See Compatibility Section or Consult Factory.

DOOR FRAMES 2GR8 Flat, White Steel (White Latches)

**Reference the lamp/ballast data in the Technical Section for specific lamp/ballast requirements. ***Order FCS-24W-U Flange Kit for installation in drywall ceiling. See options and accessories compatibility section.

CEILING COMPATIBILITY G Grid/Lay-in Standard

G Concealed T

COOPER LIGHTING

G Slot Grid

F Flange Trim With Supporting Swing Gates

Ceiling Type

Trim Type

Exposed Grid Concealed T Slot Grid Flange

G G G G***

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

ADF012708

RETURN

2GR8

PHOTOMETRICS

Coefficients of Utilization

⊥

rc rw RCR 0

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

2GR8-332A Electronic Ballast F32T8/35K lamps 2800 lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.2 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height

Candela

91 84 77 71 66 60 56 51 47 44 41

91 81 72 64 58 51 46 42 37 34 30

91 78 67 59 52 45 40 35 31 27 24

91 75 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

88 82 75 70 64 59 54 50 46 43 40

88 79 70 63 57 51 46 41 37 33 30

88 76 66 58 51 45 40 35 31 27 24

88 74 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

20% 50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

10% 50 30 10

0% 0

84 76 68 61 55 49 44 40 36 32 29

81 73 65 59 53 48 43 39 35 31 29

78 70 63 57 51 46 42 38 34 31 28

76 66 57 50 43 37 33 29 25 21 19

84 74 64 57 50 44 39 34 30 27 24

84 72 61 53 46 40 35 31 27 23 20

81 71 62 55 49 43 38 34 30 26 24

81 69 60 52 45 39 35 30 26 23 20

Zonal Lumen Summary

Typical VCP Percentages

Zone 0-30 0-40

Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30

Efficiency 76.0%

0-60

Test Report: 2GR8332A.IES

0-90 0-180

Lumens

%Lamp

%Fixture

1965 3239 5421 6386 6386

23.4 38.6 64.5 76.0 76.0

30.8 50.7 84.9 100.0 100.0

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 67 71 60 64 52 62 52

30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

55 66 55

78 69 61 54 48 42 38 33 30 26 23

78 67 59 51 45 39 34 30 26 23 20

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 64 68 57 61 47 60 48

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 2460 2445 2416 2367 2295 2194 2063 1900 1705 1474 1200 932 710 533 389 275 201 110 0

Across ⊥ 2460 2468 2464 2449 2413 2352 2266 2163 2015 1794 1474 1122 811 566 416 327 251 143 0

45° 2460 2456 2440 2409 2358 2281 2176 2045 1879 1650 1362 1045 745 497 326 243 204 122 0

50 64 51

LER = FL-68 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 2GR8-332A-120V-EB81-U 2

GR8

2=2' Width Series GR8=General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer (1)

UNV

Number of Lamps (2) 3=3 Lamps (Not included)

Wattage (Length) 28T8=28W T8 (48") 32=32W T8 (48") A=#12 Pattern Acrylic A125=#12 Pattern Acrylic (.125" Thick) A19/156=#19 Pattern Acrylic (.156" Thick) IMA 48=Injection Moldeed Acrylic (.150" Thick) PB1S=Silver Parabolic Louver (1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2") (Additional shielding media available, see accessory section)

Voltage (3) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4)

L8735

EB81

Ballast Type (3) EB8 = T8 Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1, 2 or 3 EB8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. No. of Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% Ballast 1, 2 or 3

Options FCS-24W-U=Field Installed Flange Kit

Packaging U=Unit Pack

(See options & accessories )

ACCESSORIES

EQ-CLIP-U=T-BAR Safety Earthquake Clips(1) ER8 = T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1, 2 or 3 HPT8 Ballast HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88 HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0 HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2 HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Lamps=Lamps Installed Flex=Flex Installed EL=Emergency Installed

SHIPPING INFORMATION (1)

(2)

(3)

NOTES: An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. Standard off-center ballast compartment on 3-lamp fixtures. Products also (4) available in non-US voltages and frequencies for international markets. Not available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific.

Catalog No.

For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and ordering information.

2GR8-228T8A 2GR8-332A

Wt. 31 lbs. 31 lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

8/09

ADF012708

FIXTURE TYPE F1T MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X4 STANDARD LENS PART # 2-GR8-332-A-UNV-L8735-EB81 W-2 BALLAST LAMPS: T8 32 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

RETURN

DESCRIPTION

Catalog #

APPLICATION

Prepared by

Type

F1T

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments

EMD

B…Electrical**

E…Frame/Shielding

Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” and are positively secured by mounting bolts. Pressure lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

C…Finish

Multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment ensures maximum bonding and rust inhibition. Lighting grade baked white enamel finish with premium reflectance for high efficiency.

2GR8 328T8 332

D…Hinging/Latching

Positive spring loaded cam action steel latches and safety lock Thinges provide secure, high quality door fit and allow hinging and latching from either side.

2' X 4' TROFFER 3 T8 LAMPS

General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

3-3/4" [95mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

ENERGY DATA MOUNTING DATA

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

Input Watts: EB Ballast & STD Lamps 328T8 (67) 332 (91)

3-3/4" [95mm] X=5-3/8" [137mm]

1" [26mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

Luminaire Efficacy Rating LER = FL-68 Catalog Number: 2GR8-332A

2-11/16" [69mm] 1-1/2" [38mm]

3-7/8" [98mm] 5-3/4" [146mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

47-15/16" [1218mm]

*Standard G (Grid) Type Fixtures can be field converted by adding trim kits. See Compatibility Section or Consult Factory.

DOOR FRAMES 2GR8 Flat, White Steel (White Latches)

CEILING COMPATIBILITY G Grid/Lay-in Standard

G Concealed T

COOPER LIGHTING

G Slot Grid

F Flange Trim With Supporting Swing Gates

Ceiling Type

Trim Type

Exposed Grid Concealed T Slot Grid Flange

G G G G***

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

ADF012708

2GR8

RETURN PHOTOMETRICS

Coefficients of Utilization

⊥

rc rw RCR 0

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

2GR8-332A Electronic Ballast F32T8/35K lamps 2800 lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.2 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height

Candela

91 84 77 71 66 60 56 51 47 44 41

91 81 72 64 58 51 46 42 37 34 30

91 78 67 59 52 45 40 35 31 27 24

91 75 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

88 82 75 70 64 59 54 50 46 43 40

88 79 70 63 57 51 46 41 37 33 30

88 76 66 58 51 45 40 35 31 27 24

88 74 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

20% 50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

10% 50 30 10

0% 0

84 76 68 61 55 49 44 40 36 32 29

81 73 65 59 53 48 43 39 35 31 29

78 70 63 57 51 46 42 38 34 31 28

76 66 57 50 43 37 33 29 25 21 19

84 74 64 57 50 44 39 34 30 27 24

84 72 61 53 46 40 35 31 27 23 20

81 71 62 55 49 43 38 34 30 26 24

81 69 60 52 45 39 35 30 26 23 20

Zonal Lumen Summary

Typical VCP Percentages

Zone 0-30 0-40

Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30

Efficiency 76.0%

0-60

Test Report: 2GR8332A.IES

0-90 0-180

Lumens

%Lamp

%Fixture

1965 3239 5421 6386 6386

23.4 38.6 64.5 76.0 76.0

30.8 50.7 84.9 100.0 100.0

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 67 71 60 64 52 62 52

30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

55 66 55

78 69 61 54 48 42 38 33 30 26 23

78 67 59 51 45 39 34 30 26 23 20

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 64 68 57 61 47 60 48

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 2460 2445 2416 2367 2295 2194 2063 1900 1705 1474 1200 932 710 533 389 275 201 110 0

Across ⊥ 2460 2468 2464 2449 2413 2352 2266 2163 2015 1794 1474 1122 811 566 416 327 251 143 0

45° 2460 2456 2440 2409 2358 2281 2176 2045 1879 1650 1362 1045 745 497 326 243 204 122 0

50 64 51

LER = FL-68 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 2GR8-332A-120V-EB81-U 2

GR8

2=2' Width Series GR8=General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer (1)

UNV

Number of Lamps (2) 3=3 Lamps (Not included)

Voltage (3) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4)

L8735

EB82

Options FCS-24W-U=Field Installed Flange Kit

Packaging U=Unit Pack

(See options & accessories )

ACCESSORIES

Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Lamps=Lamps Installed Flex=Flex Installed EL=Emergency Installed

SHIPPING INFORMATION (1)

(2)

(3)

Catalog No.

2GR8-228T8A 2GR8-332A

Wt. 31 lbs. 31 lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

8/09

ADF012708

FIXTURE TYPE F2 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X4 STANDARD LENS 2 LAMP PART # 2-GR8-232-A-UNV-L8735-EB81 LAMPS: T8 32 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

RETURN

DESCRIPTION

Catalog #

APPLICATION

Prepared by

Type

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments

EMD

B…Electrical**

E…Frame/Shielding

Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” and are positively secured by mounting bolts. Pressure lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

C…Finish

Multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment ensures maximum bonding and rust inhibition. Lighting grade baked white enamel finish with premium reflectance for high efficiency.

2GR8 328T8 332

D…Hinging/Latching

Positive spring loaded cam action steel latches and safety lock Thinges provide secure, high quality door fit and allow hinging and latching from either side.

2' X 4' TROFFER 3 T8 LAMPS

General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

3-3/4" [95mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

ENERGY DATA MOUNTING DATA

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

Input Watts: EB Ballast & STD Lamps 328T8 (67) 332 (91)

3-3/4" [95mm] X=5-3/8" [137mm]

1" [26mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

Luminaire Efficacy Rating LER = FL-68 Catalog Number: 2GR8-332A

2-11/16" [69mm] 1-1/2" [38mm]

3-7/8" [98mm] 5-3/4" [146mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

47-15/16" [1218mm]

*Standard G (Grid) Type Fixtures can be field converted by adding trim kits. See Compatibility Section or Consult Factory.

DOOR FRAMES 2GR8 Flat, White Steel (White Latches)

CEILING COMPATIBILITY G Grid/Lay-in Standard

G Concealed T

COOPER LIGHTING

G Slot Grid

F Flange Trim With Supporting Swing Gates

Ceiling Type

Trim Type

Exposed Grid Concealed T Slot Grid Flange

G G G G***

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

ADF012708

2GR8

RETURN PHOTOMETRICS

Coefficients of Utilization

⊥

rc rw RCR 0

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

2GR8-332A Electronic Ballast F32T8/35K lamps 2800 lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.2 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height

Candela

91 84 77 71 66 60 56 51 47 44 41

91 81 72 64 58 51 46 42 37 34 30

91 78 67 59 52 45 40 35 31 27 24

91 75 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

88 82 75 70 64 59 54 50 46 43 40

88 79 70 63 57 51 46 41 37 33 30

88 76 66 58 51 45 40 35 31 27 24

88 74 63 54 47 40 35 31 27 23 20

20% 50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

10% 50 30 10

0% 0

84 76 68 61 55 49 44 40 36 32 29

81 73 65 59 53 48 43 39 35 31 29

78 70 63 57 51 46 42 38 34 31 28

76 66 57 50 43 37 33 29 25 21 19

84 74 64 57 50 44 39 34 30 27 24

84 72 61 53 46 40 35 31 27 23 20

81 71 62 55 49 43 38 34 30 26 24

81 69 60 52 45 39 35 30 26 23 20

Zonal Lumen Summary

Typical VCP Percentages

Zone 0-30 0-40

Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30

Efficiency 76.0%

0-60

Test Report: 2GR8332A.IES

0-90 0-180

Lumens

%Lamp

%Fixture

1965 3239 5421 6386 6386

23.4 38.6 64.5 76.0 76.0

30.8 50.7 84.9 100.0 100.0

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 67 71 60 64 52 62 52

30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

55 66 55

78 69 61 54 48 42 38 33 30 26 23

78 67 59 51 45 39 34 30 26 23 20

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 64 68 57 61 47 60 48

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 2460 2445 2416 2367 2295 2194 2063 1900 1705 1474 1200 932 710 533 389 275 201 110 0

Across ⊥ 2460 2468 2464 2449 2413 2352 2266 2163 2015 1794 1474 1122 811 566 416 327 251 143 0

45° 2460 2456 2440 2409 2358 2281 2176 2045 1879 1650 1362 1045 745 497 326 243 204 122 0

50 64 51

LER = FL-68 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 2GR8-332A-120V-EB81-U 2

GR8

2=2' Width Series GR8=General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer (1)

UNV

Number of Lamps (2) 3=3 Lamps (Not included)

Voltage (3) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4)

L8735

EB81

Options FCS-24W-U=Field Installed Flange Kit

Packaging U=Unit Pack

(See options & accessories )

ACCESSORIES

Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Lamps=Lamps Installed Flex=Flex Installed EL=Emergency Installed

SHIPPING INFORMATION (1)

(2)

(3)

Catalog No.

2GR8-228T8A 2GR8-332A

Wt. 31 lbs. 31 lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

8/09

ADF012708

FIXTURE TYPE F3 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: WALL MOUNT FIXTURE PART # BUI 2 32 UNV EB81 LAMPS: T8 32 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

""* ,Ê / Ê Ê / 18

DESCRIPTION

The BI Series fills the need for a very low brightness wall bracket. This specification grade wall bracket with an injection molded refractor produces effective up, down or combination lighting. This energy efficient luminaire offers up lighting, multi-level switching and convenience outlets as options. These design features ensure that the BI Series will offer ease of use and comfort. The BI Series features specification efficiency in a low profile wall bracket. The Series is an excellent choice for dressing rooms, lavatories, hospital and nursing homes, stairways and task lighting.

Type

Catalog # Project

BMH Sleep Lab

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

C ... Finish Painted after fabrication. Electrostatically applied baked white polyester powder enamel finish. Multistage cleaning cycle, iron phosphate coating with rust inhibitor. Conveyorized application and baking timing accurately controlled at an elevated temperature.

A ... Construction Housing die formed code gauge cold rolled steel. Channel cover secured by quarter-turn fasteners for easy wiring. Up, down or combination lighting with 3 and 4 foot fixtures. Decorative opaque injection molded end plates. B ... Electrical Ballast are CBM/ETL Class "P" and positively secured by mounting bolts. Pressure lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

D ... Frame/Shielding Injection molded 100% virgin acrylic diffuser and end cap. Quadrasided diffuser prism shapes accurately molded for optimum light brightness control. Diffuser slides forward for easy installation and maintenance. Uplight diffuser prismatic acrylic.

BI, BIU 120 117 130 125 140 132 220 217 230 225 240 232

3-1/2" [89mm]

7-1/2" [190mm]

MOUNTING DATA

1" [25mm] 3-1/2" [89mm]

Ceiling Stand-Off Ground Screw Bump Embossments 7/8" K.O. (1) 1-3/4" Keyhole [44mm]

7/8" K.O. (1) Ground Screw Bump Stand-Off Embossments

1" [25mm] 3-1/2" [89mm]

5-7/8" [149mm] 16" [406mm] 24-3/4" [629mm]

COMMERCIAL PLUS WALL BRACKET 2' Wall Bracket 1 or 2 Lamp LTS or HTS 3' or 4' Wall Bracket 1 or 2 Lamp

1-3/4" [44mm]

Keyhole

32" [813mm] 36-3/4" [933mm]

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

X=3-1/2" [89mm]

7-1/2" [190mm]

X=3-1/2" [89mm]

7-1/2" [190mm]

1" [25mm] 7-1/2" [190mm]

7-1/2" [190mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (3) Ceiling Stand-Off Embossments

Ground Screw Bump Keyhole

3-1/2" [89mm]

1-3/4" [44mm]

32" [813mm] 40-5/8" [1032mm] 48-3/4" [1238mm]

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your representative for additional options and finishes.

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power

ADF020687 10/31/2007 2:26:22 PM

RETURN

BI, BIU

PHOTOMETRICS

iÀ}ÞÊ->Û }Ê > >ÃÌ]Ê ÎÓ/nÉÎx Ê > «ÃÊÀ>Ìi`Ê>ÌÊÓnxäÊ Õ i Ã° -«>V }ÊVÀ ÌiÀ \Ê ®£°ÈÊÝÊ Õ Ì }Ê i } Ì]Ê ®£°ÎÊÝÊ Õ Ì } i } Ì°

} ÌÊ ÃÃÊ >VÌ ÀÊ°Ç{°Ê ÀÊV « iÌiÊ« Ì iÌÀ VÊÀi« ÀÌÊÀiµÕiÃÌ Ài« ÀÌÊ ÓÎÓ° -

ÓÎÓ > «Ã

Ó®Ê ÎÓ/nÉÎx

Õ i Ã ÓnxäÊ >V

` Ì Ã

Î¿ ä¸

, Ê- âiÊ

£Ó¿Ê7 `Ì ÊÝ £{¿Ê i }Ì È¿ ä¸

i }Ê i } Ì ¿ ä¸

Èn°x

xÎ°Ó

,iv iVÌ> Vi

nÎ°

Ó°ä

n{°ä

xÎ°ä

È{°ä

È °

È{°£

£¿

Èn°Î

nä¯

7> Ã

xä¯

Óä¯

Î£°

Î£°n

ÎÇ°x

{ä°Ç

i }

Ó¿ Î¿

ÎÇ°x

£n°x

Óä°n

ÓÓ°£

£Ó°Î

Óä°n

£n°È

{¿ x¿

£Î°£ £Î°È

n°

£Î°£

£Ó°Î

È¿

°Ó °{

Ç°ä

°Ó

Ç¿

Ç°£

n°

Ç°Ó Ç°Ó

ÊÊ

Ç°ä

Î¿ ä¸ £Ó¸ ¸

-V> iÊ ÃÊ Ý>}}iÀ>Ìi`Ê Ê ÝÌÕÀi «« V>Ì Ê> `Ê Õ Ì } ORDERING INFORMATION Sample Number: BI-232-120V-EB81-U

BIU

Series BI=Steel Wall Bracket Downlight only Steel Wall Bracket (Up =Steel BIU= and Down Light) Number of Lamps 1 Lamp (Not Included) 2 Lamps (Not Included) Wattage 20=20W T12 (24") 17=17W T8 (24") 25=25W T8 (36") 30=30W T12 (36") 32 2=32W T8 (48") 40=40W T12 (48")

UNV

32 Ballast Start Type LTS=Low Trigger Start (20W only) (120V only) HTS=High Trigger Start (20W only)

Ballast Type

8 1

Blank=Standard Magnetic T12 Ballast EB B=Electronic Instant Start ER=T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

Voltage e2

Options GL=Single Element Fuse

RS1=Rotary Switch (1 Circuit, 120V only)

GM=Double Element Fuse EL=Emergency Installed

Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international markets Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific

RLS=Rotor Lock Socket (T8 Lamp only)

BH=Matte Black Finish (Lens Housing) CO=Convenience Outlet (120V only)

2=2 Ballast

PS1=Pull Switch (1 Circuit) RS1D=Rotary Switch wired to Downlight Circuit on a two circuit fixture (120V only)

Catalog No.

Packaging U=Unit Pack

PL5PL7=Fluorescent Night Light (5 or 7 Watt) only available in fixtures without a baffle

Number of Ballasts 1=1 Ballast

SHIPPING INFORMATION

Notes: 1

Options PLUS=Higher Ballast Factor > 1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

INL=Incandescent Night Light (up to 40 Watt)

8=T8

277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt

2/1LB=(2) One-Lamp Ballasts (When RS4 or PS4 option is used)

Lamp Size 2=T12

Voltage 1 120V=120 Volt

UNV V=Universal 120-277

BI-117 BI-125 BI-132 BIU-117 BIU-125 BIU-132 BI-217 BI-225 BI-232 BIU-217 BIU-225 BIU-232

Wt. 8 lbs. 11 lbs. 14 lbs. 8 lbs. 11 lbs. 14 lbs. 8 lbs. 11 lbs. 14 lbs. 8 lbs. 11 lbs. 14 lbs.

PS1D=Pull Switch, wired to Downlight Circuit on a two circuit fixture (120V only) RS4=Four-way rotary switch, for two 1 circuit, two lamp fixture (120V only) PS4=Four-way pull switch, for two circuit 2 lamp fixture (120V only)

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. Metalux • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801

ADF020687 10/31/2007 2:26:22 PM

FIXTURE TYPE F4 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X2 DIRECT INDIRECT PART # 2RDI-217RP-UNV-L8735-EB8 LAMPS: 17WT8 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

DESCRIPTION

The Ovation Series is a complete family of recessed direct/indirect luminaires featuring pleasant modern architectural styling, computerdesigned optics and the latest energy efficient lamp and ballast technology. The luminaire combines a matte white indirect reflector and a perforated direct lamp shield to provide optimum brightness control. All components are located above the ceiling plane for a clean architectural appearance in the finished space. Carefully balanced design elements combine to provide an efficient and exciting alternative to traditional general lighting. Ovation is an excellent choice for a wide variety of commercial applications.

Type

Catalog #

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

SPECIFICATION FEATURES A…Construction

C…Ballast Access

E…Ref lector s

Nominal 6" deep housing is die formed of code gauge, prime cold rolled steel. Heavy gauge end plates are securely attached with screws for strength and rigidity and the elimination of gaps. Four auxiliary fixture end suspension points are provided. KOs for continuous row wiring. Large access plate for supply connection.

Ballast can be removed from below without tools or from above using the unique ballast mounting/access plate.3

Indirect reflector has high reflectance baked matte white enamel finish for luminous uniformity. A positively retained direct lamp shield is constructed of heavy gauge perforated steel with high reflectance painted after fabrication finish and milky white overlay diffuser for visual comfort. All reflectors are precision formed in a computer-controlled operation

B…Electrical*

Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” and are positively secured. Biax models use 2G11 base lampholders with double edge wiping action pressure lock contacts and vertically oriented lamp support clips. T8 models use rotor-lock lampholders for positive lamp retention. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

D…Finish

Durable cold rolled steel with multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment and white enamel finish to ensure maximum bonding and rust inhibition.

B C

2RDI 1BX40 2BX40 3BX40 117 217 317

BIAXIAL OR T8 LAMPS

2' X 2' Recessed Direct/Indirect C e n t e r- M o u n t

6" [152mm]

ENERGY DATA Input Watts:

23-3/4" [603 mm]

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

MOUNTING DATA

6" [152mm]

Ballast Access Plate 8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

23-11/16" [602mm] Wiring Access Plate 7/8" [22mm] K.O. (2)

EB Ballast & STD Lamps 1BX40 (43), 2BX40 (67), 3BX40 (102) 1BX50 (54), 2BX50 (106), 3BX50 (160) 1BX55 (59), 2BX55 (117), 3BX55 (176) 117 (19), 217 (34), 317 (54) 6" [152mm]

8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm] 6" [152mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

2-1/2" [64mm]

9-11/16" [246mm]

3-1/4" [83mm]

2-3/4" [70mm]

8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

6" [152mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (1) 6" [152mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

COOPER LIGHTING

1-5/8" [41mm]

8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

1-5/8" [41mm]

6" [152mm]

8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

STD Ballast & STD Lamps 1BX40 (46), 2BX40 (82), 3BX40 (128) Luminaire Efficacy Rating LER = FL65 Catalog Number: 2RDI-2BX40RP Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.69 *Reference the lamp/ballast data in the Technical Section for specific lamp/ballast requirements. **Consult Pre Sales Technical Support. ***See Drywall Frame Kit Accessory

CEILING COMPATIBILITY

BIAX MODEL

T8 MODEL

8" [203mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

6" [152mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (1)

6-9/16" [167mm]

3-1/4" [83mm]

6" [152mm]

ES Ballast & STD Lamps 117 (23), 217 (45), 317 (68)

G Grid/Lay-in Standard

T Slot Grid

F Drywall Frame Kit

Ceiling Type**

Trim Type

Exposed Grid Concealed T Slot Grid Flange

G G or T G or T ***

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

ADF020601

2RDI

RETURN PHOTOMETRICS

Coefficients of Utilization

Candela

Effective floor cavity reflectance

⊥

rc rw RCR 0 1 2

2RDI-2BX40RP Electronic Ballast F40BX/35K/RS Lamps 3150 Lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.2 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.3 x mounting height

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

80% 70 50 30 10 93 86 79 72 66 60 55 51 47 43 40

93 82 73 64 57 50 45 40 36 32 29

93 79 68 58 51 44 38 34 30 26 23

93 76 63 53 46 38 33 29 25 21 19

20%

70% 70 50 30 10

50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

10% 50 30 10

0% 0

91 84 77 70 64 59 54 50 46 42 39

87 77 68 61 54 48 43 39 35 31 28

83 74 66 59 52 46 42 37 34 30 28

80 71 63 57 51 45 40 36 33 29 27

78 67 57 49 42 35 31 27 23 20 17

91 81 71 63 56 50 44 40 36 32 29

91 78 66 57 50 43 38 33 29 26 23

91 75 63 53 45 38 33 29 25 21 19

87 75 64 56 49 42 37 33 29 25 23

87 73 61 52 45 38 33 29 25 21 19

83 72 63 55 48 41 36 32 28 25 22

83 71 60 51 44 37 33 28 25 21 19

Zonal Lumen Summary

Typical VCP Percentages

Zone 0-30 0-40

Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30

Efficiency 78.2%

0-60

Test Report: 2RDI2BX40RP.IES

0-90 0-180

Lumens

%Lamp

%Fixture

1339 2205 3932 4926 4926

21.2 35.0 62.4 78.2 78.2

27.2 44.8 79.8 100.0 100.0

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 48 54 44 46 43 43 47 48 44 44

30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

80 70 61 53 47 41 36 32 28 25 22

80 69 58 50 43 37 32 28 24 21 19

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 41 48 38 40 35 35 43 45 38 38

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 1701 1701 1677 1634 1574 1497 1406 1301 1182 1052 912 762 610 465 334 217 119 48 0

45° 1701 1698 1682 1648 1599 1539 1468 1386 1292 1186 1067 933 792 637 466 305 176 66 0

Across ⊥ 1701 1700 1689 1665 1631 1587 1533 1465 1381 1282 1167 1029 867 683 520 362 205 72 0

LER = FL65 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.69 ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 2RDI-2BX40RP-120V-EB51-U

Rating Blank= Standard NY=New York City Rated ATW-SW4= Chicago Rated Width 2=2' Width Series RDI=Ovation Series (Recessed Direct/Indirect)

Number of Lamps 1=1 Lamp 2= 2 Lamp 3= 3 Lamp

Voltage (2) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277

Wattage 17=17W T8 (24") BX40=40W Biax (24") BX50=50W Biax (24")(1) BX55=55W Biax (24")(1) Lamp Shield X=Solid Matte White RP=Round Perforated White Steel

Options Lamps=Lamps Installed GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Flex=Flex Installed EL=Emergency Installed

Trim Type Blank=Grid/Lay-in (Standard) Lamp Position Blank=Center Mounted Lamps (standard)

(1)

(2)

NOTES: 2' x 2' and 2' x 4' Center Lamp Shield models only. Products also available in non-US volt(3) ages and frequencies for international markets. Not available in UNV voltages. Must specify voltage. (4) An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. Four required per fixture. For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and ordering information.

Ballast Type (2) EB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 EB8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. No. of Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% Ballast 1 or 2 ER8 =T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 HPT8 Ballast ( __ = no. of Ballast, 1 or 2) HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88 HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0 HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2 HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2 EB5

Packaging Options RIF1=Radio Interference U=Unit Pack Suppressor PALC=Job REP=Riveted Endplates, for Pack, in carton use in New York City. ST=Semi-Specular Tannenbaum Main Reflector LSC=Lamp Shield Cable RLS=Rotor-Lock Socket (T8 Lamps Only)

ACCESSORIES EQ-CLIP-U=T-BAR Safety Earthquake Clips(4) DF-22-W=Drywall Frame Kit

(3)

=T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 TEB5 (3)= T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 ER5 (3)=T5 Biax Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2

SHIPPING INFORMATION Catalog No.

Wt.

2RDI-1BX40RP 2RDI-2BX40RP 2RDI-3BX40RP 2RDI-117RP 2RDI-217RP 2RDI-317RP

19 lbs. 19 lbs. 19 lbs. 19.5 lbs. 19.5 lbs. 19.5 lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

3/10

ADF020601

FIXTURE TYPE F5 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X4 DIRECT INDIRECT OVATION DIMABLE FLUORESENT W-LUTRON HI LUME BALLAST PART # 2RDI-232RP-120V-L8735-LU-H3DT832CU210-U LAMPS: T8 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 2 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

DESCRIPTION

Type

Catalog # Project

BMH Sleep Lab

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

SPECIFICATION FEATURES A…Construction

C…Ballast Access

E…Ref lector s

Ballast can be removed from below without tools or from above using the unique ballast mounting/access plate.3

Indirect reflector has high reflectance baked matte white enamel finish for luminous uniformity. Positively retained direct lamp shield is constructed of heavy gauge perforated steel with high reflectance painted after fabrication finish and milky white overlay diffuser for visual comfort. All reflectors are precision formed in a computer-controlled operation.

D…Finish

Durable cold rolled steel with multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment and white enamel finish to ensure maximum bonding and rust inhibition.

B…Electrical*

2RDI 128T8 132 228T8 232 328T8 332 T1BX40,T2BX40 T3BX40 T8 OR BIAXIAL LAMPS

2' X 4' Recessed Direct/Indirect C e n t e r- M o u n t

6" [152mm]

ENERGY DATA

23-3/4" [603 mm]

Input Watts:

MOUNTING DATA

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS 7/8" [22mm] K O (1) 6" [152mm]

6" [152mm] 1 5/8" [41mm]

6 9/16" [167mm]

T8 MODEL

23 3/4" [603mm]

8" [203mm] 23 3/4" [603mm]

7/8" [22mm] K O (1)

6" [152mm] 6" [152mm] 1 5/8" [41mm]

Ballast Access Plate

47-11/16" [1211mm]

BIAX MODEL

23 3/4" [603mm]

8" [203mm] 23 3/4" [603mm]

G Grid/Lay-in Standard 1-1/2" [38mm]

2-1/2" [64mm]

2-3/4" [70mm] 23-3/4" [603mm]

COOPER LIGHTING

9-11/16" [246mm]

T Slot Grid

F Drywall Frame Kit

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.69 *Reference the lamp/ballast data in the Technical Section for specific lamp/ballast requirements. **Consult Pre Sales Technical Support. ***See Drywall Frame Kit Accessory

CEILING COMPATIBILITY

Wiring Access Plate 7/8" [22mm] K.O. (2)

EB Ballast & STD Lamps 128T8 (28), 228T8 (49), 328T8 (98) 132 (32), 232 (61), 332 (91), T1BX40 (70), T2BX40 (140), T3BX40 (210) T1BX50 (106), T2BX50 (212) T3BX50 (318) T1BX55 (110), T2BX55 (220) T3BX55 (330) LER = FL65 Catalog Number: 2RDI-232RF

Ceiling Type**

Trim Type

Exposed Grid Concealed T Slot Grid Flange

G G or T G or T ***

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

ADF091048

2RDI

RETURN PHOTOMETRICS

Coefficients of Utilization

rc rw RCR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

2RDI-232RP Electronic Ballast F032/830/XP3 Lamps 3100 Lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.2 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height

7 8 9 10

Candela

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 84 77 69 63 57 53 48 45 42 39 36

84 73 63 55 49 43 39 35 32 29 27

84 70 58 49 42 37 32 29 26 23 21

84 67 54 44 37 32 28 24 21 19 17

20% 50%

30%

10%

70 50 30 10

50 30 10

82 75 67 61 56 51 47 44 41 38 36

79 68 59 52 46 41 37 33 30 28 26

75 66 57 50 44 39 36 32 30 27 25

72 63 55 48 43 38 34 31 29 26 24

71 58 48 40 34 29 25 22 20 18 16

82 71 62 54 48 42 38 34 31 29 27

82 68 57 48 42 36 32 28 25 23 21

82 66 53 44 37 32 27 24 21 19 17

79 66 55 47 41 35 31 28 25 23 21

79 64 52 43 36 31 27 24 21 19 17

75 64 54 46 40 35 31 27 25 22 20

Zonal Lumen Summary

Luminance Data

Zone 0-30 0-40

Angle in Deg 0-30 0-40

Efficiency 70.7 %

0-60

Test Report: 2RDI232RP.IES

0-90 0-180

Lumens

%Lamp

%Fixture

17.6 29.2 53.9 70.7 70.7

24.8 41.3 76.2 100.0 100.0

1088.56 1810.67 3339.06 4383.85 4383.85

0-60 0-90 0-180

75 62 51 42 36 31 27 24 21 19 17

72 61 52 45 39 34 30 27 24 22 20

72 60 50 42 35 31 27 24 21 19 17

Average 0-Deg cd/sm 1801 1693

Average 45-Deg cd/sm 2068 2130

Average 90-Deg cd/sm 2279 2393

1519 1284 953

2142 1893 1397

2380 2125 1545

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 1372 1367 1348 1316

45° 1372 1370 1357 1334

Across 1372 1374 1365 1351

1273 1216 1148 1071 984 889 785 678 564 448 335 232 139 58 0

1302 1261 1212 1156 1092 1021 941 853 753 632 498 342 205 85 0

1332 1304 1271 1231 1182 1125 1053 958 846 702 539 384 228 94 0

LER = FL61 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.93

Lutron Hi-Lume Dimming H3DT832CU210

ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: 2RDI-232RP-120V-EB51-U

Rating Blank= Standard NY=New York City Rated ATW-SW4= Chicago Rated Width 2=2' Width Series RDI=Ovation Series (Recessed Direct/Indirect) Trim Type Leave Blank=Grid/Lay-in (Standard)

Number of Lamps 1=1 Lamp 2=2 Lamp 3=3 Lamp T1=2' x 4' Fixture with One Biax Lamp at Each End T2=2' x 4' Fixture with Two Biax Lamps at Each End T3=2' x 4' Fixture with Three Biax Lamps at Each End

Lamp Shield X=Solid Matte White RP=Round Perforated White Steel Voltage (2) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Lamps=Lamps Installed Flex=Flex Installed EL=Emergency Installed

Lamp Position Leave Blank=Center Mounted Lamps (Standard) Wattage 28T8=28W T8 (48") 32=32W T8 (48") BX40=40W Biax (24") BX50=50W Biax (24")(1) BX55=55W Biax (24")(1)

(1)

(2)

NOTES: 2' x 2' and 2' x 4' Center Lamp Shield models only. Products also available in non-US (3) voltages and frequencies for international markets. Not available in UNV voltages. Must specify (4) voltage. An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. Four required per fixture. For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and ordering information.

2) Ballast Type ((2) EB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 EB8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. No. of Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% Ballast 1 or 2 ER8 =T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% No. of Ballast 1 or 2 HPT8 Ballast ( __ = no. of Ballast, 1 or 2) HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88 HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0 HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2 HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

EB5

(3)

Packaging Options RLS=Rotor-Lock Socket U=Unit Pack (T8 Lamps Only) PALC=Palletize RIF1=Radio Interference d Fixtures in Suppressor Carton REP=Riveted Endplates LSC=Lamp Shield Cable ST=Semi-Specular Tannenbaum

ACCESSORIES EQ=T-BAR Safety Earthquake Clips(4) DF-24-W=Drywall Frame Kit

SHIPPING INFORMATION Catalog No.

Wt.

2RDI-132RP 2RDI-128T8RP 2RDI-232RP 2RDI-228T8RP 2RDI-332RP 2RDI-328T8RP 2RDI-T1BX40 2RDI-T2BX40 2RDI-T3BX40

30 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs. 30 lbs. 31 lbs. 31 lbs. 31 lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

3/10

ADF091048

FIXTURE TYPE F6 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 1X4 RECESSED 2 LAMP PART # GR8 232 A UNV L EB8 1 LAMPS: T8 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATION

RETURN

""* ,Ê / Ê Ê / 18

DESCRIPTION

The GR8 is a T8-dedicated lensed troffer designed to offer premium performance in a low profile housing. T8 dedication and optimized lamp to lens spacing provides the best in energy efficiency and optical control. The GR8's shallow, low profile housing is compatible with even highly restrictive plenums. Luminaires are compatible with today's popular ceiling systems.

Type

Catalog #

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments

The GR8 offers great performance and great quality. The series is an excellent choice for commercial offices, schools, hospitals, retail merchandising and many other applications.

Prepared by

EMD

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

A ... Construction Low profile recessed housing is die formed of code gauge prime cold rolled steel with full length stiffeners and mechanical endplate attachment for added strength. Ballast cover is easily removed without tools. Die formed captive lampholder bracket fully encloses lampholder wiring for easy lampholder replacement. Ample KOs are provided for continuous row wiring. Built-in grid-lock feature for safety and convenience.

B ... Electrical** Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class "P" and are positively secured. Pressure lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations. C ... Finish Multistage, iron phosphate pretreatment ensures maximum bonding and rust inhibition. Lighting grade baked white enamel finish with premium reflectance for high efficiency.

E ... Frame/Shielding Heavy gauge flat steel door is die formed with reinforced mitered corners. Housing and door frame assemblies incorporate full length and width mechanical light traps. Light stabilized, acrylic prismatic lens.

GR8 232

D ... Hinging/Latching Positive cam action steel latches and integral safety hinges provide secure, high quality door fit and allow hinging and latching from either side.

1' X 4' TROFFER 2 LAMP General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

Î ÎÉ{¸ Q x R

££ ÎÉ{¸ÊQÓ n R

MOUNTING DATA

DOOR FRAMES VViÃÃÊ* >Ìi ÇÉn¸ÊQÓÓ RÊ °"°ÊÓ® £ £ÉÓ¸Ê QÎn R

ÇÉn¸ÊQÓÓ RÊ °"°ÊÓ®

,n >Ì]Ê7 ÌiÊ -Ìii Ê7 ÌiÊ >ÌV iÃ®

££ ÎÉ{¸ QÓ n R

x ÎÉ{¸ÊQ£{È R Î £ÉÓ¸ÊQn R

n ÇÉÎÓ¸ÊQÓä R {n¸ÊQ£Ó£ R

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS Î ÎÉ{¸ÊQ x R x¸ Q£ÓÇ R ££ ÎÉ{¸ QÓ n R

CEILING COMPATIBILITY À `É >Þ -Ì> `>À`

Vi> i`Ê/

- ÌÊ À `

> }iÊ/À 7 Ì Ê-Õ«« ÀÌ } -Ü }Ê >ÌiÃ

i } /Þ«i

/À /Þ«i

Ý« Ãi`Ê À `

Vi> i`Ê/ - ÌÊ À ` > }i

III

6iÀ vÞÊV «>Ì L ÌÞÉÊV ÃÕ Ì v>VÌ ÀÞ°®

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your representative for additional options and finishes.

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power

ADF031753 11/07/2007 2:05:51 PM

RETURN

PHOTOMETRICS

GR8

ivv V i ÌÃÊ vÊ1Ì â>Ì

> ` i« ÜiÀ

vviVÌ ÛiÊv ÀÊV>Û ÌÞÊÀiv iVÌ> Vi ÀV ÀÜ

, , ä £ >

Ó Î { x È

,n ÓÎÓ iVÌÀ VÊ > >ÃÌ ÎÓ/nÉÎx Ê > «Ã ÓnääÊ Õ i Ã -«>V }ÊVÀ ÌiÀ \ ®Ê£°ÓÊÝÊ Õ Ì } i } Ì]Ê>®Ê£°ÓÊÝ Õ Ì }Ê i } Ì vv V i VÞÊÈn°Ó¯

Ç n £ä

nä¯ Çä xä Îä £ä n£ Çx Çä Èx Èä xx x£ {Ç {{

n£ Çä È£ x{ {Ç {Ó ÎÇ ÎÎ Îä

n£ Èn xn xä {Î În ÎÎ Ó ÓÈ

{ä ÎÓ ÓÈ ÓÎ În Ó Ó{ Óä

} i

xä¯ xä Îä £ä

Îä¯ xä Îä £ä

£ä¯ xä Îä £ä

ä¯ ä

Ç Ç{ Èn ÈÎ xn x{ xä {È {Î

ÇÎ ÈÈ x x{ { {{ {ä ÎÈ ÎÎ

Ç Ç£ È{ xn xÓ {Ç {Ó În Îx

Ç È Èä xÎ {Ç {£ ÎÇ ÎÎ Ó

Ç ÈÇ xÇ xä {Î În ÎÎ Ó ÓÈ

ÇÈ Èn È£ xÈ xä {x {£ ÎÇ Î{

ÇÈ ÈÈ xn xÓ {È {£ ÎÈ ÎÎ Ó

Î Î£ ÎÇ Ón

ÓÈ ÓÎ

ÓÓ Óä

Îä Ón

ÓÈ ÓÓ ÓÎ Óä

< > Ê Õ i Ê-Õ >ÀÞ < i

Õ i Ã

¯ > «

¯ ÝÌÕÀi

ä Îä ä {ä ä Èä

£ÎÓÓ Ó£ä{ ÎÎä£ ÎnÓ£

ÓÎ°È ÎÇ°È xn° Èn°Ó

Î{°È xx°£ nÈ°{ £ää°ä

ÎnÓ£

Èn°Ó

£ää°ä

ä ä ä £nä

/iÃÌÊ,i« ÀÌ\ ,nÓÎÓ ° -

n£ ÇÎ Èx x xÎ {Ç {Î Î Îx

Óä¯

Çä¯ Çä xä Îä £ä

ÇÈ Èx xÈ { {Î ÎÇ ÎÎ Ó ÓÈ

ÇÎ È{ xÇ x£ {x {ä ÎÈ ÎÓ Ó

ÇÎ ÈÎ xx {n {Ó ÎÇ ÎÎ Ó Óx

Çä ÈÎ xÇ xÓ {Ç {Î Î Îx ÎÓ

Çä ÈÓ xx { {{ Î Îx ÎÓ Ón

Çä È£ xÎ {Ç {Ó ÎÈ ÎÓ Ó Óx

Èn Èä xÓ {È {ä Îx Î£ ÓÇ Ó{

Îä Óx ÓÇ ÓÎ

ÓÓ Óä

Ó Óx ÓÓ ÓÇ ÓÎ Óä

Ó£ £ Ê

ä x £ä £x Óä Óx Îä

, Ê- âiÊ Ì°® ÓäÊÝÊÓä ÎäÊÝÊÎä ÎäÊÝÊÈä ÈäÊÝÊÎä ÈäÊÝÊÈä

{x £Çä{ £Çä£ £ÈnÎ £Èxä £x Ç £x£

£{£n £Îää ££xn nn Ç x È£

£{äx £ÓÈä £än äÓ Ç£n xxä

£ÎxÇ ££ £äÎä nx{ ÈÇÇ xän

{ÈÓ ÎÎÓ ÓÎx

Î Î ÓÈ{ £Çx

ÎÈ ÓÇÓ Ó££

£ÈÇ £ÓÎ Èx ä

£Ó £äÇ Èä ä

£ÇÓ £ÎÓ ÇÓ ä

Îx {ä {x xä xx Èä Èx Çä Çx nä

/Þ « V > Ê 6 * Ê * i À V i Ì > } i Ã i } ÌÊ } n°x¿ £ä°ä¿ È£ È{ x{ xn {x {n xÈ Èä {È {

}Ê £Çä{ £È x £ÈÇ{ £ÈÎÇ £xnÎ £x££

i } ÌÊ VÀ ÃÃ n°x¿ £ä°ä¿ ÈÓ ÈÇ x{ x {{ {Ç xÇ È£ {x {n

nx ä

VÀ ÃÃ > £Çä{ £È £Ènx £ÈxÓ £x x £{ È

,ÊrÊ xn 9i>À ÞÊ ÃÌÊ vÊ£äää Õ i Ã]ÊÎäääÊ ÀÃÊ>Ì °änÊ 7 ÊrÊf{°£{

ORDERING INFORMATION Sample Number: 2GR8-232A-120V-EB81-U

Width __=1' width

Number of Lamps 2 2=2 Lamps (Not Included)

Trim Type G=Grid/Lay-in (Standard)

Wattage 32=32W T8 (48")

Series R8=General Purpose 1 T8 Commercial Troffer

UNV

Shielding A=# 12 Acrylic Pattern A125=#12 Pattern Acrylic (.125" Thickness) Voltage 3 120V=120 Volt

Ballast Type 3 EB=Electronic Instant Start

ER=T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

Options /PLUS=Higher Ballast Factor > 1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

DLS=Digital Lighting System Dimming

FR=Fire Rated Label

Packaging U=Unit Pack

Lamp Size 8=T8 Number of Ballasts 1=1 Ballast 2=2 Ballast

277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 120-2774 Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse Lamps=Lamps Installed Flex=Flex Installed Emergency=EM Installed

ACCESSORIES EQ = T-Bar Safety Earthquake Clips 1 FCS-XXW-U = Field Installed Flange Kit

Notes: 1

An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems.

Standard off-center ballast on 3 lamp fixtures.

Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international markets

Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific

SHIPPING INFORMATION

>Ì> }Ê ° ,n ÓÎÓ

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. Metalux • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801

7Ì° £ Ê LÃ°Ê

ADF031753 11/07/2007 2:05:51 PM

FIXTURE TYPE F7 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: SURFACE WRAP AROUND PART # WN 232A UNV EB81 LAMPS: T8 L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX

DESCRIPTION

The WN Series is a specification wraparound luminaire featuring energy efficient performance. The luminaire's clean, low profile design is both appealing and functional. The WN Series utilizes a clear, low brightness, extruded acrylic refractor for high performance and aesthetics.

Type

Catalog #

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments

The efficient and stylish WN Series is the perfect wraparound for schools, offices and other commercial and retail spaces.

Prepared by

EMD

S P E C I F I C AT I O N F E AT U R E S A…Construction

B…Electrical*

D…Lens

Housing consists of die formed cold rolled steel. Ends formed with the housing for strength and provisions for continuous row aligners. Steel end plates with 7/8" KO and light-seal embossment. Ballast cover easily removed without tools.

Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class "P" and are positively secured by mounting bolt. Rotor lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations.

100% clear acrylic prismatic lens. Sides have inside linear prisms and bottom has pyramidal prisms for low brightness control.

C…Finish

Multistage, prepaint ensures maximum bonding and rust prevention.

WN 217 228T8 232

6" [152mm]

2 ' , 4 ' O R 8 ' S U R FA C E T8 LAMPS

2-1/2" [63mm]

Commercial Wrap 7-5/8" [194mm]

L A M P C O N F I G U R AT I O N S

L E N S R E M O VA L

6" [152mm]

2-1/2" [63mm] 4-5/8" [117mm] 7-5/8" [194mm]

E N E R G Y D ATA Input Watts:

M O U N T I N G D ATA

EB Ballast & STD Lamps 217 (36) 228T8 (48) 232 (55)

92-1/2" [2349mm] 8'

1-13/16" [46mm]

90-7/8" [2309mm]

Luminaire Efficacy Rating LER = FW-80 Catalog Number: WN-232A

44-1/2" [1131mm] 42-15/16" [1090mm]

7-5/8" [194mm] 6" [152mm] 1-1/8" [29mm]

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.00 3" [76mm] 4-1/2" [114mm]

Ceiling Stand-Off Embossments

LER = FW-93 Catalog Number: WN-228T8-HB1

41-3/8" [1051mm] 42-3/8" [1076mm]

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $2.59

88-7/16" [2246mm] 90-7/16" [2297mm] 96" [2440mm]

1-13/16" [46mm]

44-1/2" [1131mm] 42-15/16" [1090mm] Ceiling Stand-Off Ground Screw Bump Embossments

7-5/8" [194mm] 6" [152mm] 1-1/8" [29mm]

1-13/16" [46mm]

1-1/8" [29mm]

7-5/8" [194mm] 6" [152mm] 3" [76mm] 4-1/2" [114mm] 40-7/16" [1027mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (5)

42-7/16" [1078mm]

*Reference the lamp/ballast data in the Technical Section for specific lamp/ballast requirements.

20-5/8" [523mm] 19" [483mm]

1" [25mm]

8-3/16" [208mm] 24" [610mm]

1" [25mm]

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power.

48" [1219mm]

ADF081637 COOPER LIGHTING

WN T8

RETURN P H OTO M E T R I C S Candlepower WN-232-EB81-U Energy Saving Ballast Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

F32T8/35K lamps 3100 lumens Spacing criterion: (II) 1.3 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height Efficiency = 82.0% Test Report: 134P132 LER = FW-80 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.00

Along II 1583 1588 1580 1554 1512 1454 1380 1291 1181 1043 848 602 429 317 240 180 123 62 3

Candlepower WN-228T8-HB81-U Energy Saving Ballast Across ⊥ 1583 1591 1607 1618 1605 1563 1488 1375 1225 1030 809 626 512 444 409 390 369 347 332

45° 1583 1594 1597 1591 1573 1534 1473 1384 1258 1077 851 655 518 413 333 270 223 185 155

Coefficients of Utilization

rc rw RCR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

95 82 72 64 57 51 46 42 38 35 32

95 79 67 57 50 44 39 35 31 28 26

95 76 62 52 45 39 34 30 27 24 22

92 83 76 69 64 59 54 50 47 44 41

92 80 70 62 55 49 45 41 37 34 31

92 76 65 56 49 43 38 34 31 28 26

92 73 61 51 44 38 33 29 26 24 22

Zonal Lumen Summary Zone 0-30 0-40 0-60 0-90 90-180 0-180

Lumens 1304 2152 3544 4441 645 5086

%Lamp 21.0 34.7 57.2 71.6 10.4 82.0

Spacing criterion: (II) 1.3 x mounting height, (⊥) 1.4 x mounting height Efficiency = 90.2% Test Report: 134P133 LER = FW-93 Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens, 3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $2.59

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

Along II 1562 1566 1558 1532 1490 1432 1358 1270 1162 1025 833 590 422 312 236 178 121 61 3

Across ⊥ 1562 1569 1586 1597 1586 1545 1472 1361 1214 1022 803 623 510 442 407 389 367 345 332

45° 1562 1572 1576 1570 1552 1514 1453 1365 1242 1063 841 648 512 408 328 267 221 184 152

Coefficients of Utilization

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 95 86 79 72 66 61 57 52 49 46 43

F28T8 28W lamps 2800 lumens

%Fixture 25.6 42.3 69.7 87.3 12.7 100.0

20% 50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

85 74 65 58 52 47 42 38 35 32 30

80 69 61 54 49 44 40 36 33 31 29

74 65 57 51 46 41 38 34 32 29 27

85 72 61 53 46 41 36 33 30 27 25

85 69 58 49 42 37 32 29 26 23 21

80 67 58 50 44 39 35 31 28 26 24

80 65 55 47 40 35 31 28 25 22 20

10% 30 10 74 63 54 47 42 37 33 30 27 25 23

74 61 52 45 39 34 30 27 24 22 20

0% 0 72 59 50 42 37 32 28 25 22 20 18

Ty p i c a l VC P Pe r c e n t a g e s Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30 30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 52 58 43 48 36 40 40 46 32 37

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 44 53 31 39 15 21 35 42 17 22

rc rw RCR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Effective floor cavity reflectance 80% 70% 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 105 95 87 79 73 67 62 58 54 50 47

105 91 79 70 62 56 50 46 42 38 35

105 105 87 83 73 68 63 57 55 49 48 42 43 37 38 33 34 29 31 26 29 24

101 91 83 76 70 64 60 55 52 48 45

101 87 77 68 60 54 49 45 41 37 35

101 84 71 61 53 47 42 37 34 31 28

101 81 66 56 48 42 36 32 29 26 24

20% 50% 50 30 10

30% 50 30 10

94 81 72 63 57 51 46 42 39 36 33

87 76 67 59 53 48 44 40 37 34 31

81 71 62 56 50 45 41 38 35 32 30

94 78 67 58 51 45 40 36 32 30 27

94 76 63 53 46 40 35 31 28 25 23

87 74 63 55 48 43 38 34 31 28 26

87 71 60 51 44 39 34 30 27 25 22

Zonal Lumen Summary

Ty p i c a l VC P Pe r c e n t a g e s

Zone 0-30 0-40 0-60 0-90 0-180

Room Size (Ft.) 20 x 20 30 x 30 30 x 60 60 x 30 60 x 60

Lumens 1286 2124 3498 4389 5052

%Lamp 23.0 37.9 62.5 78.4 90.2

%Fixture 25.5 42.0 69.2 86.9 100.0

10% 30 10

Height Along 8.5’ 10.0’ 52 58 43 49 36 40 41 47 33 37

81 69 60 52 46 41 36 33 30 27 25

81 67 57 49 42 37 33 29 26 24 22

0% 0 78 65 54 46 40 35 31 27 25 22 20

Height Across 8.5’ 10.0’ 44 54 31 40 15 21 35 43 17 22

O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N S A M P L E N U M B E R : W N - 2 3 2 A - U N V- E B 8 1 - U

Length Blank=2' or 4' Length 8T=8' (Tandem) Series(1) WN=Commercial Surface Wrap Number of Lamps (2) 2=2 Lamps (Not Included)

Wattage 17=17W T8 (24") 28T8=28W T8 (48")) ((6) 32=32W T8 (48")

Voltage (3) 120V=120 Volt 277V=277 Volt 347V=347 Volt UNV=Universal Voltage 4) 120-277 ((4) Options GL=Single Element Fuse GM=Double Element Fuse EL=Emergency Installed (5)

Lamps Included

Lens A=Acrylic Refractor/Lens

Packaging Options Ballast Type (3) DEC=Decorative End Cap U=Unit Pack EB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. CRA=Continuous Row Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% Aligner No. of Ballast 1 or 2 EB8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. No. of Total Harmonic Distortion < 20% Ballast 1 or 2 ACCESSORIES REB1= T8 Electronic Instant Start Residential Ballast. SCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) ER8 =T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length) Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% SCA=Adjustable 48” Stem Set No. of Ballast WN-2LT-DEC-ENDS=Decorative End 1 or 2 Caps - 2 Lamps (2 pieces) ER8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Program Start. WN-CRA=Continuous Row Aligner High Ballast Factor >1.13. (24 pieces) No. of Total Harmonic Distortion < 10% Ballast 1 or 2 HPT8 Ballast HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88 HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0 HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2 HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77 HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88 HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

S H I P P I N G I N F O R M AT I O N (1)

(2)

NOTES: Steel endplates with 7/8" KO standard for continuous row mounting. 2 point suspension recommended for 2 and 4 lamp models. 3 point suspension (3) recommended for 8 foot tandems. Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international markets. 120V must be specified with a residential (4) (5) ballast. Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specified. A low profile battery pack is required for installation with standard ballast cover (6) (consult Cooper Lighting). When utilizing 28W T8 lamps, HB Ballast must be specified. Other ballast restrictions may apply. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and ordering information. For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and ordering information.

Catalog No.

Wt.

WN-217A WN-228T8A 8TWN-228T8A WN-232A 8TWN-232A

6 8 15 8 15

lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

12/09

ADF081637

FIXTURE TYPE F8 MANUFACTURE: METALUX DESCRIPTION: 2X2 STANDARD LENS PART # 2GR8 2BX40A-UNV-L8735-EB81 LAMPS: BX40 24” L8735 WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

BMH Sleep Lab EMD

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE H1 MANUFACTURE: LUMARK DESCRIPTION: OUTDOOR FLOOD LIGHT PART # MP MS K 150 120V LAMPS: MP150/U/MED WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN

COOPER LIGHTING - LUMARK ®

DESCRIPTION

Impact Flood's cylindrical form blends effortlessly to architectural and landscape environments. Available in wattages up to 175W Metal Halide and High Pressure Sodium, and up to 42W Compact Fluorescent. Impact Flood offers properly scaled solutions for any ﬂoodlighting application.

Type

Catalog #

BMH Sleep Lab

Project

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

S P E C I F I C AT I O N F E AT U R E S

Construction

Electrical

HOUSING: Rugged one-piece diecast aluminum housing will endure the toughest environments while maintaining precise tolerance control. Housing incorporates a one-piece extruded silicone gasket that seals the optical/electrical compartment from external moisture and contaminants. DOOR: Die-cast aluminum door features integral hinging to the housing. Door is secured with two (2) tamper resistant stainless steel allen head fasteners. Door frame features an integral accessory channel for the mounting of a wide array of optional vandal and light control accessories. The door lens is 0.2" thick, impact resistant, clear ﬂat tempered glass sealed to the door with a one-piece silicone gasket.

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS: High Power Factor (HPF) ballast components are strategically located and heat sunk to the housing for cooler operation and longer life. Optical

OPTICAL ASSEMBLY: Available in horizontal or vertical lamp orientations, high efﬁciency optical systems are formed from premium 95% reﬂective sheet aluminum. Optics feature medium-base lampholders. Mounting

Heavy-duty die-cast aluminum knuckle utilizes tooth-lock adjustment mechanism for both solid engagement and easy aiming adjustment. Knuckle adjustment is made via one (1) captive stainless

steel allen head fastener consistent with door frame fasteners. Knuckle tested to safely sustain 3G of vibration. Knuckle features a 3/4" NPT nipple for rigid attachment to available mounting accessories. Optional heavy-gauge adjustable steel trunnion mount provides additional durability when required. Finish

Fixture is ﬁnished in a 5 stage premium TGIC polyester powder coat paint, 2.5 mil nominal thickness for superior protection against fade and wear. Standard color is bronze. Optional white, black, and grey ﬁnishes are available.

MS IMPACT FLOOD SMALL 50 - 175W Pulse Start Metal Halide Metal Halide High Pressure Sodium

28 - 42W Compact Fluorescent

ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD LUMINAIRE

DIMENSIONS Knuckle Mount

Trunnion Mount

13-7/8" [352 mm]

12-5/8" [322 mm] T E C H N I C A L D ATA UL Wet Location Listed CSA Certiﬁed 25°C Maximum Ambient Temperature External Supply Wiring 60°C Minimum 15-1/8" [385 mm]

6-11/16" [171 mm]

DRILLING DIMENSIONS Trunnion Mount

3-1/8" [80mm]

LAMP TYPE

WATTAGE

Pulse Start Metal Halide (MP)

50, 70, 100, 150W

Metal Halide (MH)

175W

High Pressure Sodium (HP)

50, 70, 100, 150W

Compact Fluorescent (CF)

26, 32, 42W

1-9/16” [40mm]

7/16" Dia. [12mm]

17/32" Dia. [14mm]

E N E R G Y D ATA High Reactance Ballast Input Watts 50W HPS HPF (66 Watts) 50W MP HPF (72 Watts) 70W HPS HPF (91 Watts) 70W MP HPF (90 Watts) 100W HPS HPF (130 Watts) 100W MP HPF (129 Watts) 150W HPS HPF (188 Watts) 150W MP HPF (185 Watts) Electronic Ballast Input Watts 26W CF HPF (29 Watts) 32W CF HPF (36 Watts) 42W CF HPF (46 Watts) E P A (effected projected area) 1.12 S H I P P I N G D ATA (Approx.) Net Weight (lbs.): 25

TEM

6-11/16" [171 mm]

15-1/8" [385 mm]

TIFIE

ADH082292 pc 2010-09-14 10:49:32

RETURN

MS IMPACT FLOOD SMALL

P H OTO M E T R I C S 3

2 1

1 A BC D

MPMS-X-VF-150 150—Watt MP 14,000—Lumen Clear Lamp Vertical Flood

E 0.45 0.20 0.11

Footcandle Table Select mounting height and read across for footcandle values of each isofootcandle line. Distance in units of mounting height. Mounting Footcandle Values for Height Isofootcandle Lines A B C D 10' 11.25 4.50 2.25 1.13 15' 5.00 2.00 1.00 0.50 20' 2.80 1.12 0.56 0.28

E 0.45 0.20 0.11

MPMS-X-HF-150-XX-TV 150—Watt MP 14,000—Lumen Clear Lamp Horizontal Flood with Top Visor

MPMS-X-HF-150 150—Watt MP 14,000—Lumen Clear Lamp Horizontal Flood

A BCDE

BCD E

1 A B CD E

HPMS-X-VF-150 150—Watt HP 16,000—Lumen Clear Lamp Vertical Flood

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

ADH082292 pc 2010-09-14 10:49:32

2010-09-14 13:09:47

RETURN

MS IMPACT FLOOD SMALL

ORDERING INFORMATION Sample Number: MHMS-K-HF-175-MT-LL

Lamp Type

=Pulse Pulse Start Metal MP= Halide

Mounting T=Trunnion

Distribution HF=Horizontal Flood

Voltage

K=Knuckle

VF=Vertical Flood

208V

MH=Metal Halide2 HP=High Pressure Sodium

Lamp Wattage

CF=Compact Fluorescent

120V 240V

347V

50=50W 70=70W

Series =Impact Flood Small MS=Impact

277V 480V DT

100=100W =150W 150=150W

MT TT

175=175W2

Options Q=Quartz Restrike (Hot Strike Only) EM=Quartz Restrike with ''Delay Relay'' (Quartz lamp strikes at both hot and cold starts) EM/SC=Emergency Separate Circuit LL=Lamp Included (Must Specify Wattage with Fluorescent) PE=Internal Photocontrol (Specify Voltage) PC=Button Type Photocontrol F=Single Fuse (120, 277 or 347V. Specify Voltage) FF=Double Fuse (208, 240 or 480V. Specify Voltage)

50=50W 70=70W 100=100W

Accessories 6 MS/JB-XX=Architectural J-Box MS/SF-XX=Slipfitter MS/TMA-XX=Twin Mount Arm (EPA 0.35)

MS/WMA-XX=Wall Mount Arm (EPA 0.22) MS/WM-XX=Wall Mount MS/BD-XX=Barn Doors (EPA 1.03) MS/TV-XX=Top Visor (EPA 0.51) MS/4V-XX=Four-Sided Shield (EPA 0.87) MS/VS=Vandal Shield MS/WG=Wire Guard

Standard Color 5 __=Bronze (Standard)

150=150W

WH=White =Black BK=Black

26=26W 32=32W

AP=Grey

42=42W Notes:

1 All HID lamps are medium-base. 2 175W MH available in non-U.S. markets only. 3 Products also available in non-US voltages and 50HZ for international markets. 4 Compact Fluorescent lamps only, 120-277V with internal fusing. In cold temperatures, compact fluorescent lamps produce lower illumination levels. 5 Other finish colors available. Consult your Cooper Lighting representative. 6 Order separately, replace XX with color specification.

STO C K S A M P L E N U M B E R ( L A M P I N C L U D E D ) : Sample Number: MPMS15

MP=Pulse Start Metal Halide

Series MS=Impact Flood Small

Lamp Wattage 70=70W 10=100W 15=150 W

NOTES: [stock]:

Accessories (order separately) MS/TV-BZ=Top Visor MS/4V-BZ=Four Sided Shield MS/BD-BZ=Barn Doors MS/WG=Wire Guard

Horizontal flood optics, knuckle mount, multi-tap ballast and bronze paint are standard for stock oproducts. Add “W” to the end of the catalog logic to specify white finish (available on small housing 150W only). Stock accessories only available in bronze finish. Options not available with stock products. Refer to standard ordering information. Refer to In-Stock Guide for availability.

VOLTAGE CHART DT=Dual-Tap

120/277 (wired 277V)

MT=Multi-Tap

120/208/240/277 (wired 277V)

TT=Triple-Tap

120/277/347 (wired 347V)

E=Electronic Ballast (CF only)

120-277V (wired 277V) (50/60 HZ)

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

ADH082292 pc 2010-09-14 10:49:32

2010-09-14 13:09:47

C AT A L O G # :

TYPE:

COOPER LIGHTING—LUMARK

DESCRIPTION

The Impact Flood Medium (MM) lower knuckle slip-fits over a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. Impact MM can be mounted to the following accessories: Surface Mount Tenon (MM/SMT), Stanchion Mount Tenon (MM/ST), Twin Mount Tenon (MM/TMT), and Wall Mount Tenon (MM/WMT).

RETURN

A C C E S S O R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S

S U R FA C E M O U N T T E N O N [ M M / S M T ] For above-grade surface mount placement, the MM/SMT is supplied with a 4" tall standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. S TA N C H I O N M O U N T T E N O N [ M M / S T ] Used to mount fixture above grade to solid surface, or partially buried when secured to concrete pad. Cast aluminum housing and mounting plate is 18" tall and is supplied with a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon.

5/16" Dia. [8 mm]

4" [102 mm]

6 1/2" [166 mm] Sq.

MM IMPACT FLOOD MEDIUM ACCESSORIES

5" [127 mm] Sq. Bolt Pattern TM

Surface Mount Tenon [MM/SMT]

TWIN MOUNT TENON [MM/TMT] Soft form extruded aluminum arm is 42" in length and features two (2) standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenons for twin fixture mount. Other lengths and drilling patterns available upon request. Twin arm base slip fits over standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. End caps are removable for wiring access. Useful in ground mount and pole mount applications.

4" [102mm]

5/16" [8 mm] Dia.

WA L L M O U N T T E N O N [ M M / W M T ] Extruded aluminum arm with cast mounting plate is 15" in length and is supplied with a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. Also useful as an arm extension off square area light pole.

18" [457 mm]

6" [152 mm] Sq. Bolt Pattern

Stanchion Mount Tenon [MM/ST]

4" [102 mm]

42" [1067 mm]

2 3/8" [60 mm] O.D.

Twin Mount Tenon [MM/TMT]

4" [102 mm] 6 1/2" [165 mm]

AIMING RANGE

5" [127 mm] Sq. Bolt Pattern

15" [381 mm]

180°

T EM

ADH051417

COOPER LIGHTING

Wall Mount Tenon [MM/WMT]

TIFIE

RETURN

M M I M PA C T F L O O D M E D I U M A C C E S S O R I E S

A C C E S S O R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S ( C O N â&#x20AC;&#x2122; T. )

4-SIDED SHIELD [MM/4V] Controls lamp glare and spill light in all directions. Useful when aiming direction or intended target lies in close proximity to pedestrian and/or motor vehicle activity. Mounts to accessory channel in doorframe. Compatible with all distributions (EPA 2.21). BARN DOORS [MM/BD] Four (4) independently mounted and adjustable doors control cutoff angles in all directions, allowing custom distribution control for any application. Mounts to accessory channel in door frame. Compatible with all distributions (EPA 2.49).

4-Sided Shield [MM/4V]

TO P V I S O R [ M M / T V ] Controls excess spill and glare on top portion of distribution. Especially useful in uplighting applications to limit light travel above intended wall surface or sign. Mounts to accessory channel in doorframe. Compatible with all distributions (EPA 1.3). VA N DA L S H I E L D [ M M / V S ] 3/16" thick molded polycarbonate convex lens. Treated with UV inhibitor to discourage the gradual discoloration that results from exposure to sunlight and metal halide lamps. Compatible with all distributions. W I R E G UA R D [ M M / W G ] Heavy-gauge corrosion resistant wire guard with silver polyester powder coat finish provides protection for glass from projected objects. Compatible with all distributions.

Barn Doors [MM/BD]

Top Visor [MM/TV]

Wire Guard [MM/WG]

Vandal Shield [MM/VS]

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

ADH051417

FIXTURE TYPE H2 MANUFACTURE: RAB DESCRIPTION: FLUORESENT WALL PACK PART # WPTF26 LAMPS: 26W TRIPLE LAMP BASE GX24q-3 WEB SITE: www.rabweb.com SUPPLIER: All Phase Electric 765-282-2259 Warranty 1 Year from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN JOB NAME: DATE: TYPE:

WPTF26 DESCRIPTION Compact Fluorescent Tallpack. Vandal resistant polycarbonate housing. Heavy die-cast aluminum back plate with 1/2" bottom and back conduit knockout. Factory installed photocontrol optional. Lamp supplied.

SPECIFICATIONS

DIMENSIONS

Back Plate: Heavy die cast aluminum. 1/2" bottom conduit knockout. Knockouts for mounting to 3" or 4" junction boxes Ballast Housing: Stamped steel painted white Reflector: Die formed aluminum for wide light distribution. Moveable Glare Shield for field adjustable light control slanted slightly downward for more light on the job UL Listing: Suitable for wet locations

Ballast Minimum Starting Temperature: 0° F Housing and Refractor: Vandal resistant polycarbonate molded refractor. Die cast aluminum back plate Patents: The unique RAB Tallpack is protected by U.S. Patent D569,029; China Patent ZL200730149211.2; Taiwan Patent D124,864 and Canada Patent D121,993 Color: Bronze Weight: 4.5

PHOTOMETRIC

ORDERING INFORMATION Compact Fluorescent Lamp supplied with fixture

Total Watts 26

Factory Installed Options Add suffix to Catalog Number

Lamp Type 26W Triple

Lamp Base

Ballast

GX24q-3 Elec HPF QT

Tamperproof screws (/TP) Swivel Photocontrol (/PCS) Single fusing for 120 and 277 volt (/F)

Starting Amps/ Operating Amps 120V 208V 240V 277V 0.24

0.2

0.18

0.11

Input Watts 29

LAMP Initial ANSI Lumens 1800

Lamp Hours 12000

Double fusing for 208 and 240 volt (/FF) Button Photocontrol (/PC)

Note: Specifications may change without notice

READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS RETURN

TYPE K CF700BS

Model No.

CF700AW07 CF700WW07 CF700AB07 CF700PB07 CF700PBW07 Net Weight:

CF700WPB07 CF700BS07 CF700WB07 CF700OB07 CF700CK07 13.7

Lbs.

速

BUILDER Series Ceiling Fan Owner's Manual Part No. F40BP71810009

Form No. BP7181-9

RETURN

WARNING

WARNING: To avoid fire, shock, and serious personal injury, follow these instructions.

Safety Instructions 1. Read your owner’s manual carefully and keep it for future reference. 2. Before servicing or cleaning unit, switch power off at service panel and lock service panel disconnecting means to prevent power from being switched on accidentally. When the service disconnecting means cannot be locked, securely fasten a warning device, such as a tag, to the service panel. 3. Be careful of the fan and blades when cleaning, painting, or working near the fan. Always turn off the power to the ceiling fan before servicing. 4. Do not put anything into the fan blades while they are turning. 5. Do not operate reversing switch until fan blades have come to a complete stop.

Additional Safety Instructions for Installation 1. To avoid possible shock, be sure electricity is turned off at the fuse box before wiring, and do not operate fan without blades. 2. All wiring must satisfy National and Local Electrical Codes. Use the National Electrical Code if Local Codes do not exist. The ceiling fan must be grounded as a precaution against possible electrical shock. Electrical installation should be made or approved by a licensed electrician. 3. The outlet box and joist must be securely mounted and capable of reliably supporting at least 50 pounds. Use only U.L. outlet boxes listed as “Acceptable for Fan Support”, and use the mounting screws provided with the outlet box. Most outlet boxes commonly used for support of light fixtures are not acceptable for fan support and may need to be replaced. Consult a qualified electrician if in doubt. 4. The downrod furnished with the fan proves the minimum recommended floor to fan blade clearance for an 8 foot ceiling. 5. The fan must be mounted with the fan blades at least 7 feet from the floor to prevent accidental contact with the fan blades. 6. Follow the recommended instructions for the proper method of wiring your ceiling fan. If you do not know enough about electrical wiring, have your fan installed by a licensed electrician. WARNING: To avoid fire, shock or injury, do not use an Emerson or any other brand of control not specifically approved for this fan. WARNING: This product is designed to use only those parts supplied with this product and/or any accessories designated specifically for use this product by Emerson Company could result in personal injury or property damage. WARNING: To Reduce the risk of personal injury, do not bend the blade flange when installing the blade flanges, balancing the blades or cleaning the fan. Do not insert foreign objects in between rotating fan blades.

Tools Required Standard screwdriver Phillips screwdriver

Wire stripper Step ladder

WARNING

This product is designed to use only those parts supplied with this product and/or any accessories designated specifically for use with this product by Emerson Company. Substitution of parts or accessories not designated for use with this product by Emerson Company could result in personal injury or property damage.

WARNING

Do not install or use fan if any part is damaged or missing. Call Toll-Free:

1-800-654-3545

WARNING

If you feel you do not have enough wiring knowledge or experience, have your fan installed by a licensed electrician.

RETURN

General

After opening the box you should find the following parts: • One motor housing assembly • One upper canopy • One set of blade flanges • One hanger bracket • One downrod/hanger ball assembly • Parts bag • One set of blades • One switch housing cover • One Owner's Manual

Installation Instructions !

WARNING

The fan must be hung with at least 7' of clearance from floor to blades.

1. If your fan is to replace an existing ceiling light fixtures, turn electricity off at the main fuse box at this time and remove the existing light fixture. !

WARNING

Turning off wall switch is not sufficient. To avoid possible electrical shock, be sure electricity is turned off at the main fuse box before wiring. All wiring must be in accordance with National and Local Codes and the ceiling fan must be properly grounded as a precaution against possible electrical shock.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of fire, electrical shock, or personal injury, mount fan to outlet box marked “Acceptable for Fan Support”, and use screws supplied with outlet box. Most outlet boxes commonly used for support of light fixtures are not acceptable for fan support and may need to be replaced. Consult a qualified electrician if in doubt. !

WARNING

The outlet box and joist must be securely mounted and capable of supporting at least 50 lbs. Use only a U.L. outlet box listed as “Acceptable for Fan Support”. 2. Install hanger bracket (item 1) to outlet box using the two screws supplied with the outlet box. Hanger bracket must seat firmly against outlet box. Remove wall board if necessary until bracket contacts box. !

WARNING

Hanger bracket must seat firmly against outlet box. If the outlet box is recessed, remove wall board until bracket contacts box. If bracket and/or outlet box are not securely attached, the fan could wobble or fall.

4. The fan is supplied with a hanger ball/downrod assembly. Slide the downrod (Item 3) into motor mount adapter until the hole in the downrod aligns with the cross hole in the adapter. (Make sure wires do not twist during this step.) Next, insert clevis pin through cross holes in adapter and downrod. Install hairpin clip in hole in clevis pin. Now tighten the downrod setscrews securely to the downrod. !

WARNING

It is critical that the clevis pin in the motor mount adapter is properly installed and the setscrews securely tightened. Failure to verify that the clevis pin and setscrews are properly installed could result in the fan falling. 5. To attach switch housing (item 5) align the color stripes of connectors. Slide the connectors together until plastic latch on connector snaps over the tab on connector. Carefully tuck all wires and splices into the switch housing. Position switch housing (item 5) on plate and align the holes in the switch housing by installing the three screws in the side of plate. NOTE: To install an accessory light kit, remove switch housing (item 5) and make light kit electrical connections to blue and white leads marked “For Light” in the switch housing. Follow light kit instructions for wiring and installation. Then reinstall switch housing as outlined above. 6. Lift the fan, without blades, and put the downrod assembly into the hanger bracket. Make sure to engage the groove on the hanger ball (item 2) with the tab on the hanger bracket (item 1) to prevent rotation. !

WARNING

Failure to seat tab in groove could cause damage to electrical wires and possible shock or fire hazard. !

WARNING

To avoid possible fire or shock, do not pinch wires between the hanger ball/downrod assembly and hanger bracket. WIRING THE FAN. If you do not have enough electrical experience, have your fan installed by a licensed electrician. NOTE: This fan comes with 80” long electrical leads. Before installing the fan, measure approximately 6 to 9 inches above the hanger ball/downrod assembly. Cut off excess leads and strip back insulation 1/2-inch from end of leads. !

WARNING

Turning off wall switch is not sufficient. To avoid possible electrical shock, be sure electricity is turned off at the main fuse box before wiring. All wiring must be in accordance with National and Local codes and the ceiling fan must be properly grounded as a precaution against possible electrical shock.

3. Run the downrod (item 3) through the ceiling cover (item 4). Run the three wires from the fan through the downrod.

RETURN

7. Connect the green grounding lead from the hanger ball and the green grounding lead from the hanger bracket to the grounding conductor of supply (this may be a bare wire or wire with green colored insulation). Securely connect wires with wire connectors supplied. Securely connect the fan motor white wire to the supply white (neutral) wire using wire connector supplied. Securely connect the fan motor black wire and the blue wire to the supply black (hot) wire using wire connector supplied. After connections have been made, separate the white and green leads from the black and blue leads. Carefully turn the leads upward and push the green and white leads into one side of the outlet box. Then push the black and blue leads into the other side of the outlet box. !

Do not use water when cleaning you fan, as it could damage the motor or blades and create the possibility of an electrical shock.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of fire or electrical shock, do not use the fan with any solid-state speed control device.

WARNING

Any control not specifically approved for this fan could result in fire, shock, and personal injury.

Remove rubber packing grommets from the motor and discard. They are for shipping protection only.

10. Attach the five blades (item 6) to their blade flanges (item 7) using the 3/16-24 x 5/16â&#x20AC;? screws provided. !

WARNING

Emerson SW95 Speed Control can be used with this fan.

To avoid possible fire or shock, make sure that the electrical wires are completely inside the outlet box and not pinched between the ceiling cover and the ceiling. 9.

Accessories

Attach the ceiling cover (item 4) to the hanger bracket (item 1) using the two canopy setscrews. !

Do not use abrasive cleaners which may cut through the protective lacquer and possibly damage the finish, use only a soft brush or lint free cloth to avoid scratching finish. Do not use water when cleaning you fan, as it could damage the motor or blades and create the possibility of an electrical shock.

WARNING

Check to see that all connections are tight, including ground, and that no bare wire is visible at the wire connectors, except for the ground wire. Do not operate fan until blades are in place. Noise and fan damage could result. 8.

Maintenance 1.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of personal injury, do not bend the blade flanges when installing the flanges, balancing the blades, or cleaning the fan. Do not insert foreign objects between rotating fan blades. 11. Attach the blades to the fan motor with the ten 1/4-20 x 1/2â&#x20AC;? screws. Tighten the blades securely to the motor. Failure to securely tighten the blades could result in fan wobble. Attach the ball and chain to the pull chain. 12. Turn on the electricity. Check to see that the fan forward and reverse speeds work properly. Use the pull chain switch to cycle through the three fan speed, plus off. Use the reversing slide switch on the switch housing to change fan direction. Make sure blades come to a complete stop before changing fan direction. Installation is now complete.

! WARNING: FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY TURN OFF POWER AT FUSE BOX OR CIRCUIT BREAKER BEFORE TROUBLE SHOOTING YOUR FAN.

RETURN TROUBLE 1. Fan will not start.

Trouble Shooting PROBABLE CAUSE

SUGGESTED REMEDY

1. Fuse or circuit breaker blown. 2. Loose power line connections to the fan, or loose switch wire connections in the switch housing.

turned 3. Reversing switch in neutral position. 2. Fan sounds noisy.

1. Blades not attached to fan. 2. Loose screws in motor housing. 3. Screws securing fan blade holders to motor are loose. 4. Wire connectors inside switch housing rattling.

turned 3. Fan wobbles or shakes excessively.

1. Check main and branch circuit fuses or circuit breakers. 2. Check line wire connections to fan and switch wire connections in switch housing. ! WARNING: Make sure main power is off. 3. Make sure reversing switch position is all the way to one side. 1. Attach blades to fan before operating. 2. Check to make sure all screws in motor housing are snug (not over-tight). 3. Check to make sure the screws which attach the fan blade holders to the motor are tight. 4. Check to make sure wire connectors in switch housing are not rattling against each other or against the interior wall of the switch housing. ! WARNING: Make sure main power is off.

1. Setscrew in motor mount adapter is loose.

1. Tighten setscrew in motor mount adapter.

2. Setscrew in hanger ball/downrod assembly is loose.

2. Tighten the setscrew in the hanger ball/ downrod assembly.

3. Screws securing fan blade flanges to motor are loose. 4. Fan blade flanges are not seated properly.

3. Check to be sure screws which attach the fan blade flanges to the motor are tight. 4. Check to be sure the fan blade flanges seat firmly and uniformly to the surface of the motor. If flanges are seated incorrectly, loosen the holder screws and retighten. 5. Tighten the hanger bracket screws to the outlet box, and/or secure outlet box. 6. Interchanging an adjacent (side-by-side) blade pair can redistribute the weight and result in smoother operation.

5. Hanger bracket and/or ceiling outlet box is not securely fastened. 6. Fan blades are out of balance.

Repair Parts

RETURN

GREEN GROUND WIRE

(8) SREWS (SUPPLIED WITH OUTLET BOX)

(1) HANGER BRACKET GREEN GROUND WIRE

TAB

GROOVE

(2) HANGER BALL

(8) CEILING COVER SETSCREW (2 PCS)

(4) CEILING COVER

(3) DOWNROD

(8) HAIRPIN

(8) CLEVIS PIN

MOTOR MOUNT ADAPTER

(8) DOWNROD SETSCREW

MOTOR HOUSING

(8) SCREW (15 PCS)

(6) BLADE (5 PCS)

SWITCH HOUSING PLATE COLOR CODED MOTOR CONNECTOR (7) BLADE HOLDERS (5 PCS)

(9) WIRING HARNESS (8) SCREW (3 PCS) REVERSE SWITCH

(8) LOCKWASHER (10 PCS) (8) SCREW (10 PCS) COLOR CODED SWITCH HOUSING CONNECTOR

(5) SWITCH HOUSING

ON/OFF 3-SPEED PULL CHAIN (8) BALL AND CHAIN

Repair Parts Listing MODEL NUMBER CF700PBW07 CF700AW07

CF700WPB07

CF700WW07

CF700PB07

CF700AB07

CF700OB07

CF700CK07

760750-3

760750-1

760750

760750-1

760750-41

760750-39

760750-24

760750-36

760750-43

1 2 3

Hanger Ball Assembly, Consisting of: Hanger Bracket Hanger Ball Downrod

— — —

Ceiling Cover

760169-27

760169-28

760169-29

760169-28

760169-37

760169-36

760169-38

760169-39

760169-40

Switch Housing

760321-4

760321-2

760321-1

760321-2

760321-28

760321-29

760321-16

760321-23

760321-30

Blade Assembly (set of 5)

761599-7

761599-6

761599

761599-8

761599-9

761599-10

761599-11

761599-12

Blade Flanges (set of 5)

761601-1

761601-2

761601-1

761601

761601-1

761601-4

761601-5

761601-6

761601-7

761601-8

Loose Parts Bag Containing: Blade Hardware Clevis Pin and Hairpin Pull Chain Ball Ceiling Cover Hardware Wire Connectors

761870-1

761870-2

761870-1

761870

761870-1

761870

761870-2

761870

761870-2

— — — — —

DESCRIPTION

CF700WB07 CF700BS07

Wiring Harness

761592-3

761592-5

761592-3

761592-4

761592-3

761592-4

761592-5

761592-4

761592-5

—

Owner’s Manual

BP7181-9

Before discarding packaging material, be certain all parts have been removed.

HOW TO ORDER REPAIR PARTS WHEN ORDERING REPAIR PARTS, ALWAYS GIVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: • PART NUMBER • PART DESCRIPTION • NAME OF ITEM • MODEL NUMBER The model number of your Fan will be found on a label attached to the top housing. For repair parts, phone 1-800-654-3545.

RETURN

KEY NO.

RETURN

LIMITED WARRANTY

What The Warranty Covers: This warranty covers the motor and the other components and accessories of your Emerson ceiling fan against all defects in workmanship and materials. You must be the original purchaser or user of the product to be covered. What The Period Of Coverage Is: As it applies to the motor, this warranty will last for fifteen years from the date you purchased your ceiling fan. All other components and accessories are covered by this warranty for one year from the date you purchased your ceiling fan. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MADE WITH RESPECT TO COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES IS ALSO LIMITED TO ONE YEAR. What Will Emerson Company Do To Correct Problems: Emerson Company will replace a defective Emerson Air Comfort Ceiling Fan motor, blade, component or other accessory at no charge to you. If repair of the motor or blades is not practical or possible within a reasonable time and no replacement can be provided, Emerson will refund the actual purchase price of your fan. We will ship the repaired product or replacement to you at no charge, but you are responsible for all costs or removal, reinstallation and shipping of the product to Emerson Company. How Can You Get Service: YOU MUST HAVE PROOF OF YOUR PURCHASE OF THE CEILING FAN TO OBTAIN LIMITED WARRANTY SERVICE. KEEP YOUR RECEIPT OR OTHER PROOF OF PURCHASE. You can return the product to our factory or to your nearest authorized service center. • To return the product to the factory, obtain a return authorization and service identification tag by writing to Air Comfort Products, Division of Emerson Co., 8100 W. Florissant Ave., St. Louis, MO 63136. Include all model numbers shown on the product with your request. • To return the product to an authorized service center, call 1-800-654-3545 for the address of the nearest authorized service center. You will be responsible for all insurance, freight or other transportation charges to our factory or authorized service center. Your Emerson Air Comfort Ceiling Fan should be properly packed to avoid damage in transit since we will not be responsible for any such damage. What Is Not Covered: The glass globes and light bulbs of your ceiling fan are not covered by this warranty. This warranty also does not cover any defects, malfunctions or failures caused by: • Repairs by persons not authorized by Emerson Company, • Use of parts or accessories not authorized by Emerson Company, • Mishandling, improper installation, modifications or damage to your ceiling fan while in your possession, or • Unreasonable use, misuse, abuse, including failing to do reasonable and necessary maintenance, and normal wear and tear. Additionally, this warranty and any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are voided when: • The original purchaser or user ceases to own the product, or • The fan is moved from its original point of installation. This warranty is only valid within the 50 states of the United States and the District of Columbia. No other written or oral warranties apply, and no employee, agent, dealer or other person is authorized to give any warranties on behalf of Emerson Company. REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR A REFUND ARE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY AND EMERSON IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Incidental damages include but are not limited to such damages as loss of time and loss of use. Consequential damages include but are not limited to the cost of repairing or replacing other property which was damaged if this product does not work properly. How State Law Relates To The Warranty: Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Air Comfort Products DIVISION OF EMERSON COMPANY 8100 W. Florissant ¥ St. Louis, MO 63136 Part No. F40BP71810009

07/04 Printed in Taiwan

Form No. BP7181-9

FIXTURE TYPE L1 MANUFACTURE: ALL PRO DESCRIPTION: FLUORESENT CAN LIGHT SHOWER PART # CAN EI2072AT TRIM ERT724 LAMPS: 26 WATT PL WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

ALL-PRO

RETURN

™

DESCRIPTION

The EI2072AT is designed for use in insulated ceilings and can be in direct contact with ceiling insulation. This AIRTITE™ housing prevents air flow between attic and living areas. The 26W electronic compact fluorescent ballast meets Energy Star requirements including FCC Title 47 CFR part 18 for consumer equipment. The EI2072AT offers trim types including reflector and lensed trims. The EI2072AT is covered under a 2 year Energy Star Limited Warranty.

Type

Catalog # Project

BMH Sleep Lab

Date

Comments Prepared by

EMD

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

A ...H o u s i n g

Single wall aluminum housing. Openings are gasketed for AIRTITE installation. Housing height allows use in 2” x 8” joist construction. Housing adjusts for ceilings up to 1-1/8” thick. AIRTITE ceiling-to-housing installation gasket included. B ...P l a s t e r F r a m e

Includes regressed locking screw for hanger bars and cutouts for crimping hanger bars in position. C ...J u n c t i o n

Box

• UL listed for thorough branch wiring. • Positioned to accommodate straight conduit runs. • Seven conduit knockouts are uniform 1/2” size with true pryout slots. • Four pryouts with integral strain relief simplify non-metallic sheathed cable installation. D ...B a r H a n g e r s

Bar Hanger features include • Pre-installed nail. • Mini leveling foot aligns the housing to the bottom of the joist. • Housing can be positioned at any point within 24” joist spans • Score lines allow tool-free shortening for narrow joist spacing.

• Bar hangers may be repositioned 90° on plaster frame • Integral T-bar clip snaps onto T-bars – no additional clips are required E ...S o c k e t

G24q-3/GX28-3 socket for one 26W DTT*- Double Twin Tube (Quad) or 26W TTT -Triple twin Tube 4-pin lamp F ...L a m p

Compact Fluorescent Lamp (by others) 26 watt lamp generic designations: DTT-Double Twin Tube (Quad)(CFQ) • CFQ26W/G24q 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4100K TTT-Triple Twin tube (CFTR) • CFTR26W/GX24q 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4100K • Up to 12,000 hr rated average life • 82CRI rated lamps provide excellent color and high visual comfort. • Color temperature (warm to cool) options offer 2700K warm, 3000K, 3500K medium warm and 4100K cool incandescent-like light. G ...E l e c t r o n i c B a l l a s t

Models are provided with Energy Star Qualiﬁed and Title 24 compliant electronic ﬂuorescent ballast. The ballast is rated for

use with 26W Double Twin Tube or Triple Twin Tube lamps (Triple Twin Tube is preferred for best visual comfort). Ballast is a high frequency electronic type that operates lamps above 40 kHz. In addition the ballast is thermally protected and end of life feature shuts down the ballast upon lamp failure with auto restart to eliminate need to reset power after lamp replacement. Meets FCC EMI/RFI Consumer Level Limits.

6" Insulated Ceiling

Labels

• UL/cUL Listed for Damp Location • UL/cUL Listed for Feed Through • UL/cUL Listed for Direct Contact with Insulation and combustible material Compliance

Meets following restricted air flow and IC requirements: • Washington State Energy Code • State of California Title 24 High Efficacy Luminaire • International Energy Conservation Code • New York State Energy Conservation Construction Code • Certified AIRTITE under ASTME283

AIRTITE Recessed Housing 26 Watt Compact Fluorescent

6” TRIMS FOR USE IN INSULATED CEILINGS FOR DIRECT CONTACT WITH INSULATION

Rated Lamp Watts: 26W (CFQ26WG238 Voltage: 120V-60Hz Input current: 0.40 Amps Input (Full) Power (ANSI watts): 24

EMI: FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 (Class B) Consumer compliant for EMI (conducted and radiated) Sound rating: A Power Factor: 0.54 Ballast factor: .90 Max. THD: 150% Min. Starting Temperature: 0°F/-18°C Crest Factor: <1.7

7" [178mm]

Compact Fluorescent

Energy Data

Top View

A E

EI2072AT

7-1/2" [191mm]

D 1/2" [13mm] 6-1/2" [165mm]

10-1/2" [267mm]

California Title 24 Compliant

Ordering Information and 2 year limited warranty information on reverse

COOPER LIGHTING

11/08 ADV082456

EI2072AT

RETURN TRIMS ORDERING INFORMATION SAMPLE NUMBER: EI2072AT-ERT770TS Order housing, trim and accessories separately.

Housing

2 YEAR PRODUCT WARRANTY Energy Star Labeled Recessed Lighting EI2072AT=Insulated Ceiling 26W Compact Fluorescent AIR-TITE Housing

Trims

ERT770

Specular and Matte (Haze) Reflectors, Gloss White Trim Ring, Torsion Springs 26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact Fluorescent ERT770TS=Clear Specular Reflector ERT770MTS=Matte (Haze) Reflector OD: 7-1/4" (184mm)

ERT771

Gloss White Reflector with Torsion Springs 26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact Fluorescent ERT771TS=Gloss White Reflector OD: 7-1/4" (184mm) Metal Baffle with Torsion Springs 26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact Fluorescent ET772TS=Black Baffle, Gloss White Upper Reflector, Gloss White Trim Ring

ERT772

ET772WHTTS=Gloss White Baffle, Gloss White Upper Reflector, Gloss White Trim Ring OD: 7-1/4" (184mm)

ERT724

Drop Opal Lens 26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact Fluorescent ERT724=Wet location listed Shower Light with Drop Opal Lens and White Trim Ring OD: 8" (203mm)

Cooper Lighting (The Company) warrants this product ("the product") against defects in material or workmanship for a period of two years from date of original purchase, and agrees to repair or, at the company's option, replace a defective product without charge for either replacement parts or labor during such time. This does not include labor to remove or install fixtures. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser of the product. A purchasers receipt or other proof of date of original purchase acceptable to the Company is required before warranty performance shall be rendered. This warranty only covers product failure due to defects in materials or workmanship which occurs in normal use. It does not cover the bulb or failure of product caused by accident, misuse, abuse, lack of reasonable care, alteration, or faulty installation, subjecting the product to any but the specified electrical service or any other failure not resulting from defects in materials or workmanship. Damage to the product caused by separately purchased, non-Company supplied components or bulbs, and corrosion or discoloration of components are not covered by this warranty. There are no express warranties except as described above. THE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, IF ANY, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above exclusions or limitations may not apply to you. No other warranty, written or verbal, is authorized by the Company. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. To obtain warranty service, please write to Cooper Lighting, 1121 Highway 74 South, Peachtree City Georgia 30269. Enclose product model number and problems you are experiencing, along with address and telephone number. You will then be contacted with a solution or a Return Goods Authorization number and full instructions for returning the product. All returned products must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization Number issued by the Company and must be returned freight prepaid. Any product received without a Return Goods Authorization Number from the Company will be refused. Cooper Lighting is not responsible for merchandise damaged in transit. Repaired or replaced products shall be subject to the terms of this warranty and are inspected when packed. Evident or concealed damage that is made in transit should be reported at once to the carrier making the delivery and a claim filed with them.

Accessories

Gasket Kit GA-ATH7-6PK= AIRTITE Finished Ceiling Gasket Kit, 6 pieces (Seals ceiling cut-out irregularities) Oversise Trim Rings For use when ceiling opening is cut too large. Fits behind trim flange OT400P= 9-1/4” OD White Metal OT403P= 8” OD White plastic

Note: Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com

Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770 486.4801 Cooper Lighting 5925 McLaughlin Rd. Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L5R 1B8 905.507.4000 FAX 905.568.7049

FIXTURE TYPE L3 MANUFACTURE: HALO DESCRIPTION: INCANDESENT CAN PART # CAN H7ICT TRIM 30CAT LAMPS: 75 WATT PAR 30 HALOGEN LONG NECK WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100 SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100 Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

RETURN SPECIFICATIONS

RETURN BMH Sleep Lab EMD

30CAT

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE L4 MANUFACTURE: PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION: TRACK LIGHT PART # EC1475SBA LAMPS: GU10-16 50WATT WEB SITE: www.lowes.com

RETURN

RETURN TO MAIN MENU Form No. 74-00-4001 S168-195-001 Revision E

DIGITAL ALARM II FOR HOSPITALS AND LABORATORIES INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

635.0

INTRODUCTION Allied Healthcare Products, Inc.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Digital Alarm II alarms are designed to monitor the supply status of piped medical gases, including clinical vacuum, and the respective delivery pressures of each gas or vacuum. Observe the following guide when designing or installing a specific medical gas alarm wiring system.

RETURN

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. SECTION I 1.0 General Information 1.1.0 Precautions 1.2.0 Specifications 1.3.0 Description of Components 1.3.1.0 Back Box 1.3.1.3 Mother Board 1.3.2.0 Control Module 1.3.3.0 Pressure/Vacuum Module 1.3.4.0 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module 1.3.5.0 Blank Module SECTION I I 2.0 Theory of Operation 2.1.0 Control Module 2.2.0 Pressure Vacuum Display Module 2.3.0 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module 2.4.0 Mother Board SECTION III 3.0 Typical Wall Box 3.1.0 Wall Boxes SECTION IV 4.0 Installation 4.1.0 Mounting Box Installation 4.2.0 Wiring 4.2.5 Wiring The 8 Signal Module 4.2.6 Wiring The Pressure/Vacuum Modules 4.2.7 Installing The Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters 4.2.8 Wiring The Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters 4.2.9 Final AC Connection 4.2.10 Installing The Front Panel 4.2.11 Labeling The Modules SECTION V 5.0 Set-Up 5.2.0 Pressure/Vacuum Mode Switch Setting 5.4.0 Pressure/Vacuum Module Set-up 5.4.2 Lo Pressure Range Set-up 5.4.3 Hi Pressure Range Set-up 5.4.4 Vacuum Range Set-up 5.5.0 8-Signal Module Set-up SECTION VI 6.0 Typical Wiring Diagram SECTION VII 7.0 Replacement Parts For Digital Alarm II

1 1 2 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 13 13 14 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 22 27

RETURN

SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION 1.0

GENERAL INFORMATION:

1.1.0

PRECAUTIONS:

1.1.1

WARNING:

Warnings are provided to alert the user to situations that may cause personal injury.

1.1.2

CAUTION:

Cautions are provided to alert the user to situations that may cause equipment damage.

WARNING: WARNING:

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DO NOT REMOVE TRANSFORMER COVER. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. INSTALLATION TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.

WARNING:

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM ALARM INCOMING SIGNAL AND POWER MAINS BEFORE PERFORMING ANY WIRING.

WARNING:

GAS MUST BE SHUT OFF BEFORE PERFORMING STEP 4.2.7.2 AS PERSONAL INJURY MAY OCCUR.

CAUTION:

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS. USE GROUNDING STRAP WHEN WORKING ON INSIDE OR WHEN INSTALLING ALARM SYSTEM.

CAUTION:

OVERHEATING OF THE LOWER PORTION OF THE PIGTAILS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL PARTS OF THE DISS FITTING.

CAUTION:

A PRESSURE TEST MUST BE PERFORMED WITHOUT PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER IN PLACE IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE TRANSMITTER.

CAUTION:

THE CABLE USED FOR REMOTE TRANSMITTERS MUST HAVE A STRAIN RELIEF TO KEEP TENSION OFF THE TRANSMITTER LEADS.

CAUTION:

TURN POWER SWITCH OFF. DO NOT INSTALL FRONT PANEL WITH POWER ON AS THE MODULES MAY BE DAMAGED.

CAUTION:

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM ALLIED HEALTHCARE PRODUCTS, INC.’S TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER. SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS CAN CAUSE PREMATURE PRODUCT FAILURE AND MAY VOID THE WARRANTY.

RETURN 1.2.0

Specifications:

1.2.1

Electrical Requirements: AC 115 50/60 Hz (1/8 Amp maximum) AC 230 50/60 Hz (1/16 Amp maximum)

1.2.2

Classification: Protection Class I

1.2.3

Operation: Continuous

1.2.4

1.2.5

1.2.6

Operating Conditions: 1.2.4.1

Temperature:

50°F to 100°F (10°C to 37.8°C)

1.2.4.2

Humidity:

30% to 75% RH

Shipping/Storing Conditions: 1.2.5.1

Temperature:

-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)

1.2.5.2

Humidity:

30% to 75% RH

Accuracy: 1.2.6.1

100 PSI Module Assy

± 3 PSI

1.2.6.2

300 PSI Module Assy

± 9 PSI

1.2.6.3

Vacuum Module Assy

± 1 Inch Hg

RETURN The following description of components is included to familiarize you with the terminology used in this manual.

Figure 1 – Back Box with Pigtails

CAUTION:

PROTECT THE INTERNAL COMPONENTS WITHIN THE BACK BOX BY KEEPING THE DUST COVER IN PLACE UNTIL THE FRONT PANEL IS READY TO BE INSTALLED. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS. USE GROUNDING STRAP WHEN WORKING ON INSIDE OR WHEN INSTALLING ALARM SYSTEM.

RETURN 1.3.0

Description of Components:

1.3.1.0

The Back Box:

1.3.1.1

The Back Box (see Figure 1) contains the electronic “Mother Board”, step-down transformers, system power supply, front panel connector, and terminal blocks to interface with external circuits.

1.3.1.2

Two types of back boxes exist:

1.3.1.2.1

Type 1(see Figure 1) contains copper pigtails to which an installer directly connects gas or vacuum.

1.3.1.2.1

Type 2 (not pictured) does not contain pigtails. This back box is designed to incorporate Pressure/Vacuum Modules with remote Transmitters. Additionally, it is used for units which contain EightSignal Annunciator Modules.

1.3.1.3

The Mother Board:

1.3.1.3.1

The Mother Board is installed in the Back Box and supplies the power for the alarm and all of the electrical inputs and outputs. There are 2 different types of Mother Boards.

1.3.1.3.1.1 Type 1 has the capabilities to handle one Control Module and three display Modules (i.e. any combination of Pressure/Vacuum, Eight-Signal or Blank Modules). 1.3.1.3.1.2 Type 2 has the capabilities to handle one Control Module and 6 other modules (i.e., any combination of Pressure/Vacuum, Eight-Signal or Blank Modules). 1.3.2.0

The Control Module

1.3.2.1

The Control Module contains a microprocessor that controls all of the input and output functions of the alarm (audible, visual and electronic). At power up, and after being reset, the microprocessor determines what types of modules are included in the alarm.

635

Label 74-91-0001

Figure 2 – Control Module (Overlay # 74-91-0021)

Figure 3 - Pressure/Vacuum Module (Overlay # 74-91-0020)

RETURN 1.3.3.0

The Pressure/Vacuum Module:

1.3.3.1

The Pressure/Vacuum Module displays the output from the Control Module with its Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). During power up, and after reset, it tells the Control Module what type of a module it is. It can be configured a low pressure (0 to 100 PSIG), a high pressure (0 to 250 PSIG for software revision below 4.0 and 0 to 300 PSIG for software revisions 4.0 and greater), or a Vacuum (0 to 30 inches Hg) Module.

1.3.4.0

The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module:

1.3.4.1

The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module (see Figure 4) displays the condition of remote switches. During power up, and after reset, the Eight-Signal Annunciator Module tells the Control Module what type of module it is.

1.3.5.0

The Blank Module:

1.3.5.1

Blank Modules (not shown) are used in configurations where the alarm employed contains positions that are unused.

Label 74-91-0003

Label 74-91-0002

Figure 4 - Eight-Signal Annunciator Module (Overlay # 74-91-0022)

RETURN

SECTION II THEORY OF OPERATION 2.0

Theory of Operation:

2.1.0

Control Module:

2.1.1

The Control Module is microprocessor based and controls the functions of the entire alarm system. Under normal conditions, the light (LED) at the top of the module will be green, showing that the unit has power. Should the internal electronics detect a Control Module problem, the light will turn red and the audio alarm will sound. Pressing the alarm silence button on the module will turn off the audio alarm.

2.1.2

The Set-up Button (see Figure 5) is used to enter Set-up Mode, which allows user to modify factory set parameters. The Set-up Button, Silence Button, and Test Button are used to modify factory set values for nominal pressures or minimum vacuum levels. Also, during Set-up of Pressure/Vacuum Modules, the Reset Button changes units of measure. During Set-up of the Eight-Signal Module, the Set-up Button changes the output from Normally Closed to Normally Open or Normally Open to Normally Closed.

2.1.3

The Reset Button (see Figure 5) resets the microprocessor, and must be pressed when the Set-up procedure is complete. The Reset Button also should be pressed if abnormal alarm operation is observed. When the button is no longer pressed, the microprocessor will conduct several internal tests. If all tests are successfully completed, the audio alarm will sound three times, and normal alarm operation will follow.

Figure 5 - Set-up and Reset Button Location on Control Module (Rear View) 2.1.4

The alarm silence button (see Figure 2) silences the audio alarm during normal operation. Refer to Set-up Section for details of its other functions.

2.1.5

The Test Button (see Figure 2) puts the alarm in the test mode during normal operation. Refer to the Setup sections for details of its other functions.

RETURN 2.2.0

Pressure/Vacuum Display Module:

2.2.1

The Pressure/Vacuum Display Module contains a LCD that provides continuous pressure/vacuum readings for a single gas pressure or vacuum line. During normal operation, a dual color LED will remain green. Once the pressure monitor deviates by more than ± 20% from the nominal, the LED will turn red. When monitoring vacuum lines, the LED will turn red when the vacuum level drops below the minimum vacuum level.

2.2.2

Alarm State - When an alarm condition occurs, the LED will turn red, and the audio alarm will be activated. Actual pressure/vacuum levels can be observed on the digital display at all times. The visual indicator will remain red until the alarm condition is cleared. The audio indication will remain active for the duration of the alarm condition unless silenced by the alarm silence button (see Figure 2) on the Control Module.

2.2.3

Alarm Silence - When an alarm condition is detected, the alarm silence button can be used to cancel the audio alarm. An “Alarm Wake Up” feature will reactivate the audio alarm if the silenced alarm remains in alarm for 30 minutes. This will ensure that a prolonged alarm condition is not left without attention.

2.2.4

Multiple Alarm Conditions - Silencing the initial fault will not prevent the audio alarm from sounding due to subsequent alarm conditions from other modules.

2.2.5

Test - The Test Button on the panel of the Control Module will initiate a system test that will sequentially test each Pressure/Vacuum Module or Eight-Signal Annunciator Module. The test for each Pressure/Vacuum Module consists of several tests in the following order:

2.2.5.1

LCD Display Test - To ensure that all the display segments are functional and under the control of the system, they will first all be activated. The display should read 8888. After a short delay, the entire display will be blanked. The High Pressure Module will display “HI P” if the software is configured for operation with a 300 PSIG transmitter.

2.2.5.2

Low Pressure/Vacuum Simulation - The display will show a pressure/vacuum reading that is one unit below the minimum acceptable pressures (one unit below the set minimum vacuum level). At the same time, the LED will turn red and the audio alarm will sound. The audio alarm can be canceled by pressing the alarm silence button on the Control Module.

2.2.5.3

Nominal Pressure/Minimum Vacuum Level - If the module is configured as a Pressure Module (high or low pressure), the display will turn green to suggest normal conditions. Please note that the alarm automatically determines the high and low limits. These limits are + and - 20% of the nominal pressure, as indicated on the display. For modules configured to monitor vacuum, the display will show the minimum level allowable, and the light will turn green to suggest normal conditions.

2.2.5.4

High Pressure Simulation - During this phase of the test, the display will show a pressure level that is one unit above the maximum allowable pressure. Additionally, the audio alarm will sound and the LED will turn red to indicate an alarm condition. Pressing the Audio Silence Button on the Control Module will silence the audio alarm. If the module is configured as a Vacuum Module, this part of the test is not implemented.

RETURN 2.3.0

Eight-Signal Annunciator Module:

2.3.1

The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module (see Figure 4) is used exclusively to monitor remote signals. These discrete ON/OFF signals can represent conditions such as Reserve In Use, Liquid Level Low, High/Low Line Pressure or the status of another alarm panel. The Eight-Signal Module contains a dual color status LED at the top of the module. During normal operation, this LED is green. This LED will turn red should one or more of the eight-signals switch from normal to a fault condition. At the same time, the audio alarm will sound and the red LED (Fault Indicator) next to the label of the fault condition will be illuminated. Pressing the alarm silence button on the Control Module will silence the audio alarm. An â&#x20AC;&#x153;Alarm Wake Upâ&#x20AC;? feature will reactivate the audio alarm if the silenced alarm remains in that state for 8 hours. This will ensure that a prolonged alarm condition is not left without attention. Subsequent activation of any other signal will cause the silenced audio alarm to sound again. Only correction of the fault monitored by the individual Fault Indicator will cause it to be extinguished. Only correction of all faults will cause the red status LED to turn green.

2.3.2

Test - To ensure that the Status LED and that each of the 8 signal lights (Fault Indicators) is functional, the Control Module does the following test:

2.3.2.1

Initially all Fault Indicators are extinguished and the Status LED turns green.

2.3.2.2

Next, starting at the top, each Fault Indicator is turned on in succession until all 8 indicators are on. Each time an additional indicator is turned on, the audio alarm will sound briefly. The audio alarm may be silenced for the rest of the test of this module by pressing the alarm silence button. The Status LED alternates colors (red and green) whenever an additional Fault Indicator is activated.

2.3.2.3

Once all 8 indicators are turned on, the reverse of Paragraph 2.3.2.2 above occurs until the system returns to its normal operating condition.

2.4.0

Mother Board:

2.4.1

The Mother Board serves several functions as follows:

2.4.1.1

Power Supply - Connection to the 115/230 Volt, 50/60 Hertz mains is provided on the Mother Board. Three current overload devices are installed in each alarm. One is a fuse that is part of the ON/OFF Switch Circuit located on the Power Supply Cover. The other two are solid state components soldered on the board and are under the Power Supply Cover. Incoming power is transformed to low voltages that in turn are rectified, filtered and regulated to 20 Volts DC and 5 Volts DC.

2.4.1.2

Transmitter Interface - All Pressure/Vacuum Transmitter Inputs are connected to the Mother Board.

2.4.1.3

Eight-Signal Annunciator Module Inputs - All Eight-Signal Module Inputs are connected to the Mother Board.

2.4.1.4

All Electronic Dry Contact Outputs - All Electronic Dry Contact Outputs are located on the Mother Board.

2.4.1.5

Front Panel Interface - All appropriate signals and power supply voltages are supplied through the ribbon connector on the Mother Board.

RETURN .SECTION III TYPICAL WALL BOX

Figure 6 - Sizes of Boxes and Front Panels 3.0

Typical Wall Box:

3.1.0

Wall Boxes:

3.1.1

The Wall Boxes are available in two sizes.

3.1.1.1

One is 12.12 inches long and is meant for one Control Module and three other modules.

3.1.1.2

The second one is 21.12 inches long and is meant for one Control Module and six other modules.

RETURN .SECTION IV INSTALLATION WARNING:

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. INSTALLATION TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.

4.0

Installation:

4.1.0

Mounting Box Installation:

4.1.1

Remove the back box from the carton and store carton (with Front Panel) in a safe, dry place until all plastering and wiring is complete.

4.1.2

Install the back box at the specified height in a rough-in wall (see Figure 7). Fasten it securely to the wall framing. Make sure the box is parallel, squared and flush with the finished wall surface. The contractor is reminded to coordinate with other trades in anchoring alarms rigidly into the wall. It is not sufficient to simply grout them in. Note: For Remote Transmitters refer to Step 4.2.7.2. For Transmitters to be installed in Back Box continue with Step 4.1.3.

4.1.3

For general installation guidelines, refer to NFPA 99, “Health Care Facilities”.

4.1.3

Remove Dust Caps and Dust Cover to connect pigtails to appropriate laterals.

4.1.4

As the connections are being made, identify each line inside the Back Box with the furnished labels. Be careful not to damage the DISS fitting (by over-heating the lower portion) while silver brazing. Wrap the pigtail with a damp cloth or use a commercially available heat sink to minimize over-heating (see Figure 8).

Figure 7 – Box Installed In Wall CAUTION:

Figure 8 – Minimize Overheating Of Valve

OVERHEATING OF THE LOWER PORTION OF THE PIGTAILS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL PARTS OF THE DISS FITTING.

RETURN 4.1.5

Replace the Dust Cover until it is time to pressure test the system.

CAUTION:

A PRESSURE TEST MUST BE PERFORMED WITHOUT PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER IN PLACE IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE TRANSMITTER.

ON/OFF SWITCH

VOLTAGE SELECTOR SWITCH (SET FOR 115 OR 230 VOLTS)

Figure 9 – Mother Board and Power Supply Cover Figure 9 – Mother Board and Power Supply Cover

Figure 10 – Dust Cover and Angles Orientation

RETURN 4.2.0

Wiring:

4.2.1

Remove the Dust Cover and angles, to which it mounts, from the Back Box (see Figure 10). Turn angles upside down and reinstall with angles pushed flush against finished wall surface.

4.2.2

Remove the Power Supply Cover. Insure that the primary fuse is not installed. If fuse is installed, remove by pushing in on fuse cap and rotating counterclockwise then pulling out (see Figure 9). Do not install the primary fuse until after the Front Panel is connected.

4.2.2.1

Wiring the 115 Or 230 VAC Mains:

WARNING

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM ALARM INCOMING SIGNAL AND POWER MAINS BEFORE PERFORMING ANY WIRING.

4.2.2.2

Bring 115 or 230 volts AC line to the left bottom side of the Back Box (see Figure 7) and connect conductors to: Hot side to terminal 1 of the Power Input; Neutral side to terminal 3 of the Power Input Terminal Block and Ground to the grounding post or terminal 2 (see Figures 9 and 19). Electrical supply should be from the standard and essential electrical system, life safety branch. Verify that the Selector Switch is set for proper voltage (see Figure 9).

4.2.3

Pull Signal and Common wires from remote switches and slave panels through the bottom or right side of the Back Box. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be #18 gauge insulated wire. The maximum wire size for use as signal wire is #14 gauge. Use Belden Multi-wire shielded cables or equivalent for five or more wires: Belden Cable: # 9773 # 9774 # 9775 # 9776 # 9777

4.2.4

3 6 9 12 15

Pairs Pairs Pairs Pairs Pairs

Knockouts are provided for making conduit connections to the box. The maximum recommended wire length to any Remote Switch is 1,500 feet. For distances greater than 1,500 feet, contact your local Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. representative. All wiring should be installed according to local and national codes (N.E.C. Article 800).

RETURN 4.2.5

Wiring the Eight-Signal Module:

4.2.5.1

Inputs - After pulling remote signal wires to the alarm panel, make connections to the terminal blocks on the Mother Board (see Figure 19): J3 and J4 for Module #1; J11 and J12 for Module #2; J20 and J21 for Module #3; J5 and J6 for Module #4; J13 and J14 for Module #5; J22 and J23 for Module #6. NOTE: The Input Terminal Blocks have a vertical orientation.

Figure 11 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Module Number 4.2.5.2

Figure 12 Input Wiring Sequence

Outputs- Each Eight-Signal Module has 8 outputs per module. Each output is isolated and has 2 connections (See Figures 13 and 19). Make the connections to the output terminal blocks on the Mother Board: Bank 1 is output for Module # 1; Bank 2 is the output for Module #2; Bank 3 is the output for Module #3; Bank 4 is the output for Module #4; Bank 5 is the output for Module #5; Bank 6 is the output for Module #6. There are two terminal blocks for each Bank (see Figure 13).

NOTE:

THE MAXIMUM OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ON THE ELECTRONIC DRY CONTACTS IS TO BE 40 VOLTS DC OR 40 VOLTS AC PEAK. 0.35 AMPS PEAK CURRENT.

For 4 Gang (Rev. D) and earlier and 7 Gang (Rev. A)

For 4 Gang (Rev. E) or later and 7 Gang (Rev. B) or later

Figure 13 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Output Locations 4.2.6

Wiring the Pressure/Vacuum Modules:

4.2.6.1

The Pressure/Vacuum Modules (See Figures 13 and 18) have 8 outputs per module. Each output is isolated and has 2 connections. After pulling the wire from the Slave Alarm or other external device (i.e. Building Automation System), make connections to the appropriate terminals as identified in Figures 13 and 19. The outputs are factory configured.

RETURN 4.2.6.2

Factory configuration of Pressure/Vacuum Outputs: Output Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

* Note:

Description Contact opens on low pressure Contact opens on high pressure Contact opens on abnormal pressure Contact opens on any fault condition of inputs (all modules) * Contact closes on low pressure Contact closes on high pressure Contact closes on abnormal pressure Contact closes on any fault condition of inputs (all modules) *

Outputs 4 and 8 only work on 7 Gang Boards when all inputs are connected.

BACK BOX INSTALLATION

REMOTE INSTALLATION

DISS MALE

SCREW ONTO FITTING

PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER

DISS MALE

PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER 1/8” NPT

HOSPITAL PIPING SYSTEM CONNECTION (BY INSTALLER)

Figure 14 – Transmitter Installation 4.2.7

Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters:

4.2.7.1

Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitter inside the Back Box. For #1 Module, assemble the transmitter to the left male DISS fitting (see Figure 14). Repeat this step for each Transmitter. Refer to Paragraph 4.2.8.1 for wiring instructions.

WARNING:

4.2.7.2

GAS MUST BE SHUT OFF BEFORE PERFORMING STEP 4.2.7.2 AS PERSONAL INJURY MAY OCCUR.

Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters outside the Back Box (see Figure 14) Install a 1/8-27 NPT connection in the hospital piping system at intended location of Transmitter (install per NFPA 99). Screw a male DISS fitting into the above installed connector. Assemble the transmitter to the male DISS fitting (see Figure 14). Repeat this step for each Transmitter. Refer to Paragraph 4.2.8.2 for wiring instructions. 14

RETURN 4.2.8

Wiring the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters:

4.2.8.1

For Transmitters installed in the Back box, the Transmitters are wired to the terminal blocks starting on the left for Module #1 (see Figure 19) with the red wire to the terminal X1 position 1 and the black wire to X1 position 2. If the Transmitter has a shield wire, it is to be put in terminal X1 position 3. Repeat the above operation for each Transmitter moving to the next three terminal pins, Module #2-terminal X2, Module #3terminal X3, etc. the right.

CAUTION:

THE CABLE USED FOR REMOTE TRANSMITTERS MUST HAVE A STRAIN RELIEF TO KEEP TENSION OFF THE TRANSMITTER LEADS.

4.2.8.2

For Transmitters installed remote, the Transmitters can be located up to 5,000 feet from the Alarm Back Box. When remote Transmitters are used, a 2 wire shielded cable is required (Belden # 8760 or equivalent). The minimum wire size is #18 gauge. The black wire of the cable is to be spliced to the black wire of the Transmitter. The clear insulated wire is to be spliced to the red wire of the Transmitter end of the cable. The shield is not to be connected as this can cause noise in the cable. At the Back Box end of the cable, the clear insulated wire is terminated at terminal X(x) position 1, the black wire is terminated at X(x) position 2, and the shield is terminated at X(x) position 3. Repeat the above with the remaining Transmitters.

4.2.9

Final AC Connection:

4.2.9.1

Connect the primary fuse connector to the plug (see Figure 9) on the Mother Board. Replace the Power Supply Cover. Do not replace the primary fuse until after the Front Panel has been installed.

4.2.10

Installing the Front Panel (See Figure 18):

4.2.10.1

Ensure that the mounting angles have been turned over (See 4.2.1 and Figure 10).

4.2.10.2

Remove Front Panel from carton and unwrap protective cover.

4.2.11

Labeling the Modules:

4.2.11.1

Pop the modules and the retaining angle brackets out of the frame (see Figure 16).

4.2.11.2

Lift the overlay of each Pressure/Vacuum Module and label it with the appropriate Gas Service Label (see Figure 15). Double-sided tape is provided at the bottom of the module. The installer is to remove the protective cover off the tape, then press down on the overlay.

4.2.11.3

Lift the overlay of each Eight-Signal Module (see Figure 15) and label it with the Main Eight-Signal label and the Remote Signal Labels. Double-sided tape is provided at the bottom of the module, the installer is to remove the protective cover off the tape, then press down on the overlay.

4.2.11.4

Installing Gas Distribution Monitor - Main Monitor Label.

4.2.11.4.1 Type or print, on the label (refer to the illustration on the label), the area that is being monitored and the person or persons to be called if an alarm condition occurs (i.e., Intensive Care Unit 3 - John Doe at Ext. 333). 4.2.11.4.2 Install the label in the backside of the Front Panel (refer to illustration and instructions on label). 4.2.11.5

Pop the modules back into the Frame Assembly.

4.2.11.6

Pull the Wire Hook out from the frame (see Figure 17) and hang the Front Panel on it (see Figure 18), using the tab on the left side of the top mounting bracket.

CAUTION:

TURN POWER SWITCH OFF. DO NOT INSTALL FRONT PANEL WITH POWER ON AS THE MODULES MAY BE DAMAGED.

RETURN 4.2.11.7

Plug the ribbon cable from the Control Module into the connector on the Mother Board (see Figure 18). Replace the primary fuse.

4.2.11.8

Alarm is now ready for operation. If Set-up has not been completed, proceed with Set-up.

Figure 15 – Label Installation

Figure 16 – Removing Module

Figure 17 – Wire Hook

RETURN

Figure 18 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Front Panel Installation

RETURN

Figure 19 (A) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 7 Module Mother Board

RETURN

Figure 19(B) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 4 Module Mother Board

RETURN

SECTION V SET-UP 5.0

Set-up:

5.1.0

Hang the Front Panel on the Wire Hook provided (see Figure 17). Install ribbon cable per Installation Instructions and turn Power Switch on.

Figure 20 – Pressure/Vacuum Switch 5.2.0

Pressure/Vacuum Mode Switch Setting:

5.2.1

On each Pressure/Vacuum Module there are two switches (see Figure 20) that tell the Control Module what pressure range to display on that particular module. These switches must be set before proceeding with the rest of the Set-up. After setting the switches on all Pressure/Vacuum Modules, press the Reset Button – S2 (see Figure 5) on the Control Module. Note: Do not set both SW1 and SW2 to the ON position. This is not a valid setting and will result in abnormal operation.

5.3.0

Press Set-up Button – S1 (see Figure 5) to enter the Set-up Mode.

5.4.0

Pressure/Vacuum Module Set-up:

5.4.1

Three configurations of the Pressure/Vacuum Modules are available, depending on the Mode Switch setting (Lo Pressure, Hi Pressure or Vacuum).

5.4.2

Lo Pressure Range Set-up (0-100 PSI):

5.4.2.1

The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red.

RETURN 5.4.2.2

“50” PSI is displayed. This is the factory setting for nominal. To change units of measurement to Kilopascals, press the Set-up Button (see Figure 5). Each time the Set-up Button is pressed, during this part of the Set-up, the units of measure on the module will toggle (i.e., from PSI to Kilopascals; from Kilopascals to PSI). To change the nominal pressure setting, press the Test Button on the Control Module. The display increments by 1. Each time you press the Test Button, the display will increment, until it reaches 80. After 80, the display will jump down to 40. The nominal pressure settings are presently 40 to 80 PSI for low pressure modules. The microprocessor automatically sets the alarm pressures at ± 20% of nominal. After you have the display at the desired nominal pressure, press the alarm silence button. This stores the new nominal pressure into non-volatile memory. If Set-up is complete, press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.4.3

Hi Pressure Range Set-up (0-300 PSIG):

5.4.3.1

The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red.

5.4.3.2

“160” PSI is displayed. This is the factory setting for Hi Pressure Modules. Refer to Paragraph 5.4.2.2 for units of measure set-up. Again, press the Test Button to increment the display. The display will increment up to 240 then will jump down to 140. Press the alarm silence button to program this value into nonvolatile memory. If Set-up is complete, press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.4.4

Vacuum Range Set-up (0-30 Inches Hg):

5.4.4.1

The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red.

5.4.4.2

“12.0” Inches of Hg is displayed. This is the factory setting for minimum vacuum. To change the units of measure to mm Hg press the Set-up Button (see Figure 5). Each time the Set-up Button is pressed, during this part of the Set-up, the units of measure for this module will toggle (i.e., from inches of Hg to mm Hg; mm Hg to inches of Hg). To change the vacuum setting, press the Test Button. The display will increment by 0.5 each time you press the Test Button. The display will increment up to 14.0 by 0.5 steps. After 14.0 it drops down to 10.0. The minimum range that is presently allowed for Vacuum Modules is 10.0 to 14.0. The microprocessor automatically sounds the alarm when the vacuum goes below this minimum setting. After you have the display set at the desired minimum, press the alarm silence button. This programs the non-volatile memory to this value. If Set-up is complete, then press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.5.0

Eight-Signal Module Set-up:

5.5.1

The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red.

5.5.2

The Eight-Signal Module displays the Remote Switch normal condition and the Output Electronic Dry Contact normal condition. The factory setting is for normally closed circuit for both input and output.

5.5.3

Light # 1 and Light # 8 will be illuminated red. This is the factory setting of this module.

5.5.3.1

To change all inputs of this module to Normally Open Circuit, press the Test Button. Each time you press the Test Button, the top light or # 1 Light will alternate from ON to OFF then OFF to ON. ON indicates Normally Closed Circuits. OFF indicates Normally Open Circuits.

5.5.3.2

To change the outputs, press the Set-up Button – S1 on the Control Module, Light # 8 will turn OFF. Press the Set-up Button again and Light # 8 will turn back ON. Light # 8 ON indicates Normally Closed Circuit Output and Light # 8 OFF indicates Normally Open Circuit Output.

5.5.3.3

After you have both the input and output circuits set to the conditions you want, press the alarm silence button. This programs the non-volatile memory with this module's configuration. If you have finished Setup, press the Reset Button on the Control Module. 21

RETURN SECTION VI 6.0

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Terminal Block Common

Inputs Module 3 Terminal Block

J20

J21 Input Wiring

Lights

Outputs Module 3

Output Wiring

Bank 3

Figure 21 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Typical Wiring Diagrams For 8 Signal Modules

RETURN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Outputs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Outputs

Note: All remote signals should have one common and one signal wire per code requirements. Additional Master/Slave Alarm Signals not shown may be necessary per code requirements.

Figure 22(A) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Typical Wiring Diagram

RETURN

NC NO COMMON N

3000 SERIES MANIFOLD

Note: All remote signals should have one common and one signal wire per code requirements. Additional Master/Slave Alarm Signals not shown may be necessary per code requirements.

NC NO COMMON

Figure 22(B) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Typical Wiring Diagram

LAG ALARM

RETURN

SECTION VII REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR DIGITAL ALARM II

Figure 23 – Pressure/Vacuum Switch

Figure 24 – Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters

RETURN

Figure 26 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Wiring For Nitrogen Pressure Switch Catalog # 74-13-0105

Figure 25 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Pressure Switch - Nitrogen

NOTE:

Wiring of the high pressure switch for the Hi-Lo or Abnormal indications requires 2 switches. 1. Wiring for Abnormal - Wire A is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire C and D are wired to each other. Wire E is wired to the Alarm Common Input. 2. Wiring For A Hi-Lo Input - Wire A is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire C is wired to the Alarm Common Input. Wire E is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire D is wired to the Alarm Common Input.

RETURN All Repair Parts listed are field replaceable. NOTE:

Parts not identified as field replaceable are not considered to be such and in the event of malfunction or breakdown of one of these parts, the entire assembly should be replaced or returned to our factory. Contact our Factory Technical Support Center at 800-411-5136 if you have any questions.

CAUTION:

7.0

Replacement Parts For the Chemetron Digital Alarm II: Catalog Number 74-13-0100 74-13-0101 74-13-0102 74-13-0103 74-13-0104 74-13-0105 74-13-0106 74-13-0107 74-14-9051 74-14-9052 74-14-9053 74-14-9054 74-14-9055 74-14-9056 74-14-9057 74-90-0100 74-91-0001 74-91-0002 74-91-0003 74-91-0004 74-91-0010 74-91-0020 74-91-0021 74-91-0022 74-91-0023 74-91-0024 74-91-0026 74-91-0050 74-91-0051 74-91-0053 74-91-0054 74-91-0055 74-91-0070 74-91-0071 74-91-0072 74-91-0074 74-91-0104 74-91-0105

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM ALLIED HEALTHCARE PRODUCTS, INC.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;S TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER. SUCH SUBSTITUTION CAN CAUSE PREMATURE PRODUCT FAILURE AND MAY VOID THE WARRANTY.

Description Pressure Switch for Oxygen Pressure Switch for Vacuum Pressure Switch for Nitrous Oxide Pressure Switch for Medical Air Pressure Switch for Carbon Dioxide Pressure Switch for Nitrogen * Pressure Switch for Oxygen/Carbon Dioxide Pressure Switch for Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) Kit, Transmitter, Oxygen Kit, Transmitter, Vacuum Kit, Transmitter, Nitrous Oxide Kit, Transmitter, Air Kit, Transmitter, Carbon Dioxide Kit, Transmitter, Nitrogen Kit, Transmitter, Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) Copper Pigtail Label, Gas Service Identification, USA Label, Layout Eight-Signal Annunciator, Digital Alarm II Main Label, Eight-Signal Annunciator, Digital Alarm II 7 Gang Mother Board Assy. W/Electronic Dry Contact Outputs Main Label, Digital Alarm II Overlay, Pressure/Vacuum Module Overlay, Control Module (Chemetron) Overlay, Eight-Signal Annunciator Module Overlay, Composite, Digital Alarm II (Chemetron) Overlay, Blank, Digital Alarm II Overlay, Composite, Digital Alarm II (Oxequip) Pressure/Vacuum Module 4 Gang Mother Board Assy. W/Electronic Dry Contact Outputs Control Module Eight-Signal Annunciator Module Blank Insert, Digital Alarm II Main Power Fuse 1/8 Amp (115 Volt Units) Main Power Fuse 1/16 Amp (230 Volt Units) Fuse Holder Transformer Housing Assembly 4 Gang Mother Board Assembly - No Outputs 7 Gang Mother Board Assembly - No Outputs

Two Required For Low and High Signals

Figure No. Where Shown

Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure 24 Figure1

Figure 19(A) Figure 3 Figure 2 Figure 4

Figure 1

Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 1 Figure 19(A)

RETURN 7.0 Replacement Parts For the Chemetron Digital Alarm II (Continued): Catalog Number 74-91-0110 74-91-0114 74-91-0115 74-91-1001

Description Cable Control Module To Mother Board Cable Control Module To Other Modules, 7 Gang Cable Control Module To Other Modules, 4 Gang Label, Gas Service Identification, CSA

Figure No. Where Shown Figure 18 Figure 18 Figure 18

RETURN

If any problems are noted with this product, contact the Allied Healthcare Products, Inc.’s Technical Support Center for assistance at 800-411-5136.

LIMITED WARRANTY The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller’s contract or the sales acknowledgment form.

Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. 1720 Sublette Avenue St. Louis, MO 63110-1968 Telephone: 314-771-2400 Toll Free: 800-444-3954 FAX: 800-477-7701 © Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. 1994

RETURN